WATER AND ENERGY

INTERNATIONAL Monthly Journal of CBIP

VOLUME 65/RNI, NO. 9 ISSN: 0974-4711

December 2022 Pages : 84 Rs. 200/-

Greetings & Best Wishes for New Year 2023

Chief Guest Shri R.K. Singh, Hon'ble Cabinet Minister - Power, New & Renewable Energy,
during inaugural session of the ‘Conclave on Harnessing of Hydropower Potential – A way
Forward’ on 16th December 2022 at SCOPE Auditorium - (L-R) Shri N.L. Sharma, CMD, SJVN
Limited, Shri Alok Kumar, Secretary-Power, MOP, Shri Ashish Upadhyaya, SS & FA, MOP,
Shri Raghuraj Madhav Rajendran, Joint Secretary, MOP and Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, CBIP
(Page no. 67)

A TED SER
IC V
CENTRAL BOARD OF IRRIGATION & POWER
D

IC
DE

NEW DELHI
95
Years

15 www.cbip.org
 New Office Bearers of
Central Board of Irrigation & Power
New President
Shri Ghanshyam Prasad, Chairperson, Central Electricity Authority & Ex-officio
Secretary to Government of India, assumes the charge of President, CBIP
CBIP congratulates Shri Ghanshyam Prasad on becoming President of the Board.
Shri Ghanshyam Prasad is presently holding the post of Chairperson and Ex-Officio
Secretary to the Government of India, Central Electricity Authority, Ministry of Power from
15th July 2022. He is also the Member, ex-officio, of the Central Electricity Regulatory
Commission. He belongs to the Central Power Engineering Services batch of 1989.
Prior to this he was holding the post of Joint Secretary in the Ministry of Power from
1st June 2020. He has served in the Ministry of Power for around 9 years in various
Ghanshyam Prasad capacities, i.e. Director (OM, Transmission) and Chief Engineer (OM, Transmission,
Reforms & Restructuring and Regulatory Compliance Monitoring). He did his graduation
in B.Tech (Electrical Engineering) for IIT/BHU, Benares Hindu University. He holds a M.Tech in Energy and
Environment Management from IIT, Delhi and also a MBA(Finance) from IGNOU, Delhi.
He has served 30 years in power sector and three years in the Bokaro Steel Plant, SAIL. During 30 years
in power sector, he has worked and contributed in the areas of generation including the renewable energy,
transmission, distribution, power market development/trading of power, Reforms & restructuring in power sector,
energy efficiency, regulatory commission experience, disaster management in power sector, data analytics and
information management system. A number of measures were taken to reduce the cost of power, ease of doing
business, simplification of the procedures for approvals, bringing competition in power sector etc.
He has also served in Haryana Electricity Regulatory Commission for around six years and brought out new
regulations. He also has corporate experience and was Government Nominee Director of Power Grid Corporation
of India Limited (PGCIL), a Maharatna Company; Power System Operation Corporation Limited (POSOCO); and
Jammu and Kashmir State Power development Corporation Limited (J&KPDCL). Presently he is the Director on
the Board of Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited in an ex-officio capacity.
CBIP is honored to have him as President and look forward serving the Power Sector in an effective manner for
its further growth under his dynamic leadership.

CBIP congratulates Shri R.K. Vishnoi for getting new responsibility of

additional charge of CMD, NHPC Limited and also wish him all success
Shri Rajeev Kumar Vishnoi has taken over the additional charge of the post of Chairman
and Managing Director of NHPC Limited, India’s premier hydropower company. Shri
Vishnoi joined NHPC Corporate Office, Faridabad on 13th December 2022. Shri Vishnoi
is currently holding the post of CMD, THDCIL with additional charge of Director (Technical)
& Director (Personnel), THDCIL and also the additional charge of CMD, NEEPCO.
Sh. R.K. Vishnoi has more than 35 years of vast and rich experience in the Design,
Engineering and construction of hydro project structures. He joined THDCIL in the year
1989 at the level of Engineer and worked in different capacities and rose to the level of
General Manager in the year 2013 and thereafter elevated as Executive Director in the
R.K. Vishnoi year 2016.
 Monthly Journal – December 2022

Central Board of Irrigation & Power

Office bearers
President : Mr. Ghanshyam Prasad, Chairperson, CEA
(i) Sr. Vice President : Mr. J. Chandrashekhar Iyer, Chairman, CWC
(ii) Vice President : Mr. Vivek P. Kapadia, Secretary to Government of Gujarat
and Director (Civil), Sardar Sarovar Narmada Nigam Ltd.
(iii) Vice President : Mr. R.K. Vishnoi, CMD, NHPC Ltd.
(iv) Vice President : Mr. S.K. Mishra, Director, SECI
(v) Vice President : Mr. Anil Sardana, MD & CEO, Adani Transmission Ltd. &
Adani Power Ltd.
Secretary : Mr. A.K. Dinkar
Director (WR) : Mr. K.K. Singh
Director (Energy) : Mr. Sanjeev Singh

• The statements and opinions From Editor’s Desk

expressed in this Journal are not
necessarily of Central Board of Mr. A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, CBIP 3
Irrigation & Power. Articles

• Reproduction of articles from Water Water Resources Section

and Energy International is subject
to approval of the Editor.
• Interested authors from India and
abroad are requested to contribute
their articles to this Journal and
send the same to Secretary, Central
Board of Irrigation & Power, well in
advance.
All communications should be
addressed to :
Secretary
Central Board of Irrigation & Power
Malcha Marg, Chanakyapuri
New Delhi 110 021
Ph. : 91-11-2611 5984
Fax : 91-11-2611 6347
E-mail : cbip@cbip.org
Website : www.cbip.org
Total Pages 84
286 A Decadal Bibliometric Analysis of Water
Resources Research – Amrendra Bhushan,
Jyoti P. Patil and V.C. Goyal 6
287 Significance of Landfills on Climate Change :
Challenges and Opportunities – Abhishek Dixit,
and Deepesh Singh 15
288 Management and Analysis of Flood Risks for
Dams in Iraq – Basma A.M. AL-Jawadi 22
Energy Section
289 India the Global Champion in Energy Transition –
Manoj Kumar Singh 27
290 Implementation of Automatic Excitation Initiator
Circuit using Microcontroller based PLC for
Standalone Induction Generator – Basharat
Ahmad, Garima Goswami and M. Faisal Khan 29
EDITORIAL BOARD
Mr. Vivek P. Kapadia, Secretary to Government of Gujarat
and Director (Civil), Sardar Sarovar Narmada Nigam Limited
Mr. Avinash C. Tyagi, Former Secretary General,
International Commission on Irrigation & Drainage
Mr. Manoj Aggarwal, Independent Public Policy
and Impact Investment Professional
Mr. D.K. Chaturvedi, Former General Manager, NTPC Ltd.
Dr. Rajesh Arora, Sr. Manager, Delhi Transco Ltd.

Monthly Journal
Monthly Subscription Rs. 200/-
Annual Subscription Rs. 2400/-
Publisher, Printer and Editor Mr. A.K. Dinkar on behalf of Central Board
of Irrigation and Power, Printed at M/s Chandu Press, D-97, Shakarpur,
Delhi, published from Central Board of Irrigation and Power, Malcha
Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi 110 021

WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 3

 C O N T E N T S (contd.)

291 Electric Vehicle Policy Framework in India – Dr. Anil Kumar, Mohammad Siddiqur Rahman
and Rohit Gupta 37
292 Study of A Steam Turbo Generator Foundation Structure under Dynamic Load on Pile Support –
Debi Prasad Das, Diptesh Das, Pijush Topdar, Robin Kumar Biswas and Santu Matia 45
293 Floating Solar Photovoltaic Systems : An Overview and its Feasibility Study at the
Malampuzha Reservoir, Kerala – Resmi G, Vinod V., Pradip C., Arun T.A., Sumodh B.
and Aravind R. 51
– Extract Discussion of Experts …. on Power Engineers Whats-App group
“SPARK…Ignited to Share” 59

news letter
Energy Section
– CBIP Organised Door Step Training Programs for OPTCL 64
– Report on Hands on Training on HV Gas Insulated Switchgear – 14-16 December 2022 65
– Conclave on Harnessing of Hydropower Potential – A Way Forward – 16th December 2022 67

CBIP Activities during December 2022 – January 2023 71

statistical data
• Water Resources Section 72
• Energy Section 73

Water & Energy Abstracts

• Water Resources Section 75
• Energy Section 76

Far & Near in Water and Energy

• News - Water Resources Section 77
• News - Energy Section 79
• Central Board of Irrigation & Power inked MOU 80

4 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022

 Dear all,
Greetings & Best Wishes for New Year 2023 !
Climate change is the term used to characterize long-term variations in temperature
and weather. Natural processes may be the cause of these changes. However, hu-
man activity has been the main contributor to climate change since the last century.
Wider temperature variations, increased storm frequency, marshes, and other low-lying
coastal areas being flooded could be caused by an increase in the Earth’s average
temperature of just a few degrees (USEPA, 2022a). Keeping in view the importance of
the subject, we have included an article, “Significance of Landfills on Climate Change:
Challenges and Opportunities” which discusses the challenges and opportunities
related to recycling and reuse of waste for fruitful purposes in this environmentally conscious world.
If we see the topics of water-related research studies in the past decade, we find that there are hydrology,
water research, water management, and water quality are the most common keywords. Another article, “A
decadal bibliometric and analysis of water resource research” has been included which shows that the research
trend of the Indian contribution to water-related research with bibliometric Indicators is very interesting.
A case study on “Management and analysis of flood risks for dams in IRAQ“ has been included which shows
the way to determine the volume of water stored & elevation of the water surface during terrain formation.
Hydropower is a clean, green, and non-polluting source of energy. Construction of Hydro Power is essential
in achieving the Panchamrit targets of India by 2030 and with the objective to inform the benefits of hydro
projects and their positive impact on socioeconomic development the Government of India has started a
Large Hydro Active Reach out (LAHAR) initiative. SJVN Limited on behalf of Members of LAHAR (SJVN,
NEEPCO, BBMB, THDC, NHPC, and DVC) has taken lead and organized the First Ever LAHAR Conclave
on ‘Harnessing of Hydropower Potential–A Way Forward’ on 16th December 2022 at New Delhi in associa-
tion with CBIP. The main aim of the Conclave was to sensitize the professionals about the advantage of
Hydropower, clearly identify the constraints, find the ways for fast & early completion of hydroelectric proj-
ects, and provide a platform for initiating discussions with all stakeholders. Seeing the importance of the
subject, Hon’ble Union Minister of Power & NRE, GoI, Shri R.K. Singh has inaugurated this Conclave. Shri
Alok Kumar Secretary (Power), GoI, Shri Ashish Upadhyaya, Special Secretary & FA, MoP, Shri Raghuraj
Madhav Rajendran, IAS Joint Secretary - Hydro, MoP, Shri N.L. Sharma, CMD, SJVN, and Shri A.K. Dinkar,
Secretary, CBIP also graced the dais during the inaugural session of the Conclave. A report of this Conclave
has been covered in the present issue of the journal.
Apart from this report, few articles have also been included in this journal for the benefit of the readers.
First article is on ‘India the Global Champion in Energy Transition’ highlighing various initiatives (policies,
schemes, and other initiatives) to push the said objective of GoI. The second article is on ‘Implementation
of Automatic Excitation Initiator Circuit using Microcontroller based PLC for Standalone Induction Generator’
which elaborate, an electronic circuitry based on the programmable logic controller which automates the pro-
cess of automation of machine excitation. Another important article is on ‘Electric Vehicle Policy Framework
in India’, which describes the current EV policies, their effectiveness, consumer awareness about existing
policies, and willingness to switch over to EV.
We have also included a research study on ‘Floating Solar Photovoltaic Systems: An Overview and its Fea-
sibility Study at the Malampuzha Reservoir, Kerala in this journal, and the findings of this study elaborate
that land savings, improved efficiency and help to reduce evaporation.
Besides the above, this journal also covers a variety of useful information about water resources and power
sectors. It has always been the endeavor of CBIP to provide a suitable platform to professionals for the
exchange of their thoughts and experiences, with a view to disseminating knowledge to professionals around
the nation and abroad and contributing to accelerating the development of Water Resources and Power
sectors including the Renewable Energy Sector.
It is expected that the readers will find this issue of the journal quite informative & useful.

A.K. Dinkar
Secretary, CBIP

WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 5

w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

A Decadal Bibliometric Analysis of

Water Resources Research
Amrendra Bhushan1, Jyoti P. Patil2 and V.C. Goyal3

Abstract
An attempt has been made to do a bibliometric analysis of the Scopus dataset for the decade 2011-2020 on four important
keywords- hydrology, water research, water management, and water quality that are frequently used in the field of water
resources management. For this study, the Scopus dataset was scouted and analyzed with the help of Bibliometrix,
which is a unique software developed in the statistical computing and graphic R language. The average number of
citations per year per document for hydrology and water research was 3.902 and 3.424, respectively, which is lower than
water management (5.304) and water quality (4.471). Similarly, the average citations per document were also quite low
for hydrology and water research. The trend topics that have been addressed almost revolved around the keywords.
However, the climate change components were also added more and more by the researchers during the second half of
the decade. The thematic map contained basic themes, motor themes, niche themes, and emerging or declining themes.
Hydrology, water management, and water quality keywords had all four themes; however, the water research keyword
had only motor, and emerging or declining themes.
Keywords : Bibliometric study, hydrology, scopus, water research, water management, water quality

1. Introduction and potable water and sanitation. The Agenda etc. The main intent of establishing these
background 2030 for Sustainable Development of the organizations was to facilitate integrated
United Nations has a collection of 17 water resources management and
Water is considered an elixir for the
interlinked global goals at its heart that are research, which is very crucial in poverty
sustenance of life. After air, it is the
to be achieved by 2030, of which SDG-6 alleviation, the wise use of natural
second most divine gift of nature without
talks about ensuring the accessibility and resources, and sustainable economic
which we can’t imagine our existence. We
sustainable management of water and growth and management with the help
know that out of the total water available
cleanliness for all (UN, 2015). Though, of state of the art technology, proficiency,
on the earth, about 2.5% is freshwater.
the progress of SDG-6 is debatable and and bringing all the stakeholders under
Of this, only 0.3% is potable. But due
is anticipated to be off-track (UN-Water, one umbrella.
to various natural and anthropogenic
2020). It is also obvious that achieving The aforementioned departments are
activities like- climate change, population
SDG-6 in segregation will hamper its working in consonance to strengthen the
explosion, urbanization, industrialization,
execution and progress; therefore, there water resources of our country; still, we
etc., its sources are experiencing great
is a need for a better understanding of have ample scope for future research in
pressure. Presently, 2.2 billion people
the interlinkages. some specific domains of water resources
worldwide are deprived of access to safe
potable water services; however, 4.2 In India, the Ministry of Jal Shakti is the management. This recommends the call
billion need safely managed sanitation apex body looking after the formulation for this kind of focused study on important
services. Improper cleanliness practices and execution of rules, regulations, water-related research publications in
are widespread, making the effects on and laws related to water resources. In India. The main aim of this study is to
people’s health worse (WHO, 2019). addition, the Ministry has two attached recognize the research trend of the Indian
offices- Central Water Commission contribution to water-related research
The UN General Assembly, in its
and Central Soil & Material Research with bibliometric indicators. Research
Resolution 64/292, dated 28 July, 2010
Station. Apart from this, there are various publications are often considered an
(UN, 2010), recognized that the right to
subordinate offices like- the National essential final product of research in
safe potable water and sanitation is an
Institute of Hydrology, Central Ground almost all disciplines. It plays a crucial
indispensable human right for enjoying life
Water Board, Central Water & Power role in easing communication and the
at its fullest and of all human rights, and
Research Station, Ganga Flood Control exchange of ideas between scientific
it urges states and international bodies to
Commission, Narmada Control Authority, writers and their readers. Examining
expedite their efforts to provide the total
Betwa River Board, Brahmaputra Board, the important water-related keywords
populace with affordable access to safe

1. Research Scientist, Research Management and Outreach Division, National Institute of Hydrology, Roorkee, Uttarakhand
2. Scientist- ‘D’, Research Management and Outreach Division, National Institute of Hydrology, Roorkee, Uttarakhand
3. Scientist- ‘G’, Research Management and Outreach Division, National Institute of Hydrology, Roorkee, Uttarakhand

6 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 A - 286


in India will provide a future path for the
development of new research activities
and paradigm shifts in water-related
research activities from now on.
1.1 Bibliometrics
It is an important junction between
research and information science.
Originally, bibliometrics is derived from
two Greek words, ‘biblio’ and ‘metrikos’
meaning book and measurement. The
term ‘bibliometrics’ was first used by
Pritchard (1969) in place of the term
‘statistical bibliography’; which means
the application of statistical techniques
along with mathematics to books and
other media of communication. It means
bibliometrics is a kind of measuring
method by which the inter-related aspects
of written communication can be easily
quantified. Philosophically, it provides a
better insight into the information universe
since it studies how humans relate to
information (Bates, 1999). Largely, it
can be addressed as the application of
statistical techniques and mathematics
to examine and identify the patterns in
the usage of resources and services in
a library, or to examine the chronological
development of an exact body of literature
and particularly its authorship, publication,
and use (ODLIS, 2002).
A global investigation of water knowledge
indicates that most of the studies hardly
address the regional water challenges.
Countries facing a prolonged water
scarcity does not willing to spearhead
the knowledge transfer or water research
production. However, they are mostly
reliant on western, especially US-
produced research outputs. From 2012 to
2017, China and USA were significantly
ahead in the production of water-related
publications. Out of the total publications
in the year 2017, China had a major
contribution of 19%, followed by the USA
(14%), and India (5%). (Mehmood, 2019).
A detailed bibliometric study of 1,09,766
publications from Science Citation Index-
Expanded (SCI-E) journals from 1986 to
2015 reflects that the annual research
production in the field of water quality
has been amplified from 12 to 487 papers
and the rapid increase was seen since
the year 2001 (Nishy and Saroja, 2018).
However, this number is quite low when
compared with the global scenario and
A - 286
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)
should be increased.
From the review of bibliometric studies,
it was found that the trend of bibliometric
indicators has not been widely studied in
the field of water resources management.
Considering this, the objectives of the
present study were formulated to identify
the growth trend of publications in
various water-related areas and to study
the trending topics, thematic map, and
thematic evolution in water resources
research bibliometric data.
2. Methodology
2.1 Data Collection
The bibliometric Scopus data of water-
related keywords were collected for the
decade 2011 to 2020. At the outset of
this exercise, it was decided to examine
only four keywords (hydrology, water
research, water management, and water
quality) that are frequently used in water-
related research. Initially, it was planned
that the research papers that are being
written by Indian scholars as the first
or corresponding author shall be taken
into the account. However, the Indian
co-authors in the publication from any
foreign institution were also added later.
After setting the bibliometric indicators,
we have decided to work on the Scopus
dataset for this study. The idea behind
opting for this dataset is that it is the
biggest repository of abstracts and
citations of peer-reviewed literature
like- journals, books, and conference
proceedings. It delivers a complete
overview of the global research output in
almost all the fields. It is also equipped
with various smart tools to track, analyze
and visualize research. The data
collection was carried out on 04 January,
2022 with a series of descriptors related to
the above-mentioned terms, contained in
the keywords, along with Boolean logical
functions (AND, OR), which allowed the
search to be accomplished:
KEY(hydrology, water research, water
management, water quality)AND (LIMIT-
TO (OA, "all"))AND (LIMIT-TO (PUBYEAR,
2020) OR LIMIT-TO (PUBYEAR,
2019) OR LIMIT-TO (PUBYEAR,
2018) OR LIMIT-TO (PUBYEAR,
2017) OR LIMIT-TO(PUBYEAR,
2016) OR LIMIT-TO (PUBYEAR,
2015) OR LIMIT-TO (PUBYEAR,
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
2014) OR LIMIT-TO (PUBYEAR,
2013) ORLIMIT-TO (PUBYEAR,2012)
OR LIMIT-TO (PUBYEAR,2011))
AND (LIMIT-TO (DOCTYPE, "ar")
OR LIMIT-TO(DOCTYPE, "cp") OR
LIMIT-TO (DOCTYPE, "re") OR LIMIT-
TO (DOCTYPE, "ch") OR LIMIT-TO
(DOCTYPE, "bk")) AND (LIMIT-TO
(PUBSTAGE, "final")) AND (LIMIT-TO
(AFFILCOUNTRY, "India")) AND(LIMIT-
TO (LANGUAGE, "English")) AND
(LIMIT-TO (SRCTYPE, "j") OR LIMIT-
TO (SRCTYPE, "p") OR LIMIT-TO
(SRCTYPE, "b"))
In the construction of the dataset,
numerous implicit and explicit selection
standards must be met for the documents
obtained (Herrera-Franco et al., 2021).
As the first criterion, only open access
(OA) articles, reviews, conference
proceedings, books, and book chapters
were taken into the consideration.
2.2 Data Processing
There are various free tools available for
analyzing or visualizing the bibliometric
dataset but the selection of the same
depends on which kind of study we are
going to carry out. Here, the Bibliometrix
was used for investigating and mapping
the bibliometric dataset at the same time.
The Bibliometrix is a unique software
developed in the statistical computing and
graphic R language. With biblioshiny, the
shiny app brought in from version 2.0,
Bibliometrix has become user-friendly even
for those who don’t have any prior coding
skills. Thus, Bibliometrix can be used as
a piece of a larger and more general data
analysis workflow. The commands used
for loading the Bibliometrix in R and further
to open biblioshiny in Google Chrome are
as follows:
install.packages(“bibliometrix”)
libtary(bibliometrix)
biblioshiny()
After opening the biblioshiny app, the raw
data in *.bib format was imported to the
window for further investigation.
3. Results and
Discussion
The decade 2011-2020 witnessed
enormous growth in almost all the sectors
and water was not an exception. If we
talk about the year-wise publications
7
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

under each of the selected keywords, grouped by using the algorithm of simple categories of themes such as basic
then it is evident that water management centers. According to Callon (1991), themes, motor themes, niche themes, and
appeared in the maximum number of these thematic maps can be classified emerging or declining themes (Figure 3).
publications (867) followed by water into the following four categories: The relevance degree of global surface
quality (866), water research (203), and (i) Basic themes: These are important dynamics is at the center of basic and
hydrology (132). for a research field but are not much emerging or declining themes, whereas;
Each keyword was examined separately evolved. river hydrological modelling, basin
to understand gaps and the potential area climate change, and coastal changes
150 (ii) Motor themes: These Tableare both
1: Main information about data
in the Indian subcontinent are the basic
for future research and policy planning. developed and important for the themes of the research in the hydrology
However, considering a rich dataset of structure of a Sources (Journals,
particular Books, etc.) 70
sector. The environmental modelling,
various bibliometric indicators; the main research field.Documents 132and hydrology are
information, document types, trend watershed, water,
(iii) Niche themes: They are having a
Average years from publication the motor themes5.1 of research, whereas;
topics, thematic map, thematic evolution,
marginal role in the development of groundwater, development approach,
country collaboration map, and word Average citation per document 25.41
a specific research field. and patients are among the niche
cloud are discussed here.
(iv) Emerging orAverage citationthemes:
declining per year perthemes.
document The hydrology
3.902 research in
3.1 Bibliometric Analysis of These are both marginal and weakly data, discharge, and agricultural themes
Hydrology Dataset 151 The evolved.
research domain with hydrology keyword lie on development
is mainly comprised degree (emerging
of four types of
themes), whereas; storage, spring, and
A total of 132 documents were distributed in
152 documents:
The articles,
research which represent
thematic map of82% theof the total documents, followed by conference
capacity are showing low development
70 sources (journals, books, etc.) between hydrology dataset comprises four
153 proceedings (10%), reviews (7%), and book chapters (1%) as shown
but moderate in Figure 1.
relevance.
the years 2011 to 2020. The average year
from the publication of each document was
5.1 years. The average citation per year per
document, which is also known as the cite
scorewas3.902;however,theaveragecitation 6.82%
per document was 25.41, as given in 0.76% 9.85%
Table 1.
Articles
Table 1 : Main information about data Book chapters
Sources (Journals, Books, 70 Conference proceedings
etc.) Reviews
Documents 132 82.58%
Average years from 5.1
publication
Average citation per 25.41
154
document
155 Figure
Fig. 1 : 1: Document
Document typesassociated
types associatedwith
withhydrology
hydrologykeyword
keyword
Average citation per year per 3.902
document
156 After examining the hydrology Scopus dataset, it was observed that water and India are the
The research domain with hydrology
157
keyword is mainly comprised of four types trending words and most frequently appeared as shown in Figure 2. Groundwater, basin,
of documents: articles, which represent
158 climate change, and river are the other words that are often appeared in the research dataset.
82% of the total documents, followed by
conference proceedings (10%), reviews
(7%), and book chapters (1%) as shown
in Figure 1.
After examining the hydrology Scopus
dataset, it was observed that water and
India are the trending words and most
frequently appeared as shown in Figure
2. Groundwater, basin, climate change,
and river are the other words that are
often appeared in the research dataset.
Thematic maps are prearranged as 159 6
per the regularity and co-occurrence of Figure
160 Fig. 2 :2: Trendtopics
Trend topicsininhydrology
hydrology literature
literature
various research fields/sectors and are
161 Thematic maps are prearranged as per the regularity and co-occurrence of various research
8 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 A - 286
162 fields/sectors and are grouped by using the algorithm of simple centers. According to Callon
163 (1991), these thematic maps can be classified into the following four categories:
 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)
178
178 development degree
development degree (emerging
(emerging themes),
themes), whereas;
whereas; storage,
storage, spring,
spring, and
and capacity
capacity are
are showing
showing
179
179 low development
low development but
but moderate
moderate relevance.
relevance.
the average citation per document was
21.41, as given in Table 2.
Table 2 : Main information about data

Sources (Journals, Books, etc.) 120

Documents 203
Average years from 5.08
publication
Average citation per document 21.41
Average citation per year per 3.424
document
The research domain with the water
research keyword is mainly comprised of
three types of documents: articles, which
180
180 represent 63% of the total documents,
181
181
Fig. 3 : 3:
Figure
Figure
Thematic
Thematicmap
3: Thematic mapof
map ofhydrology
of
literature
hydrology literature
hydrology literature followed by conference proceedings
(25%), and reviews (12%) as shown in
Figure 6.
After examining the water research
Scopus dataset, it was observed that
India, water, and study are the trending
words and most frequently appeared
as shown in Figure 7. Health, system,
climate change, factors, analysis, and
assessment are the other words that are
often appeared in the research dataset.
The research thematic map of the water
182
182 research dataset comprises only two
183
183 Figure
Fig. 4: Thematic
Thematic
4 : Thematic
Figure 4: evolutionofof
evolution
evolution ofhydrology
hydrology research
hydrology research
research
categories of themes such as motor
in 3.2 Bibliometric themes and emerging or declining themes
184 The
184 Thethematic
The thematic
evolution
thematic evolution
evolution observed
observed
observed in the
in the hydrology
hydrology research dataset
research dataset of theAnalysis
of the Water
decade 2011-2020
decade 2011-2020
the hydrology research dataset of the Research Dataset (Figure 8). Health, study, water, system,
185
185 is shown
is shown in
in Figure
Figure 4.
4. The
The results
results are
are mainly
mainly divided
divided into
into two-time
two-time intervals-
intervals- 2011-2017,
2011-2017, and
and analysis, model, performance, review,
decade 2011-2020 is shown in Figure 4.
2018-2020.
186 The
186 It shows
results are
2018-2020. It shows that divided
mainly
that hydrological, water,
into water,
hydrological,
Under this
assessment,
two- assessment, keyword,
surface,
surface, basin, anda
basin, and datatotal
data
of 203
were major
were major India, and Bengal are the motor themes of
documents were distributed in 120 the research in water research. However,
187 time
187 intervals-
thrust
thrust areas of
areas 2011-2017,
of research
research during andfirst
during the
the first2018-
interval. However,
interval. However, in
in the
the second
second interval,
interval, the
the climate
climate
2020. It shows thatwere
hydrological, sources (journals, books, etc.) between human, development, approach, climate
188
188 change
change components
components at the
were at centerwater,
the center of most
of most of
ofthe
the years
the studies2011
studies in this
in thisto
field.
field.
2020. The average year
assessment, surface, basin, and data change, environment, arsenic, basin,
were major thrust areas of research during from the publication of each document region, research, and Asia are among
the first interval. However, in the second was 5.08 years. The average citation the emerging or declining themes. There
interval, the climate change components per year per document, which is also were no particular basic, and niche
were at the center of most of the studies 8 known as cite score was 3.424; however, themes in this dataset.
8
in this field.
The world map of country collaboration
shows that Indian researchers are mostly
collaborating with researchers from the
United States, European countries, China,
Australia, and New Zealand. The word
cloud of the hydrology research dataset
shows that water, India, hydrological, river,
and basin are the most frequent words
followed by climate change, groundwater,
and hydrology. The Himalayan region,
model, approach, data, and assessment
are also some of the frequent words 189in
the research dataset (Figure 5). Figure 5: Country collaboration map
190 Fig. 5 : Country collaboration map andand word
word cloud
cloud of hydrology
of hydrology research
research

A - 286 191 The world map of country collaboration shows that

WATER and ENERGY Indian researchers
INTERNATIONAL Decemberare2022
mostly9
192 collaborating with researchers from the United States, European countries, China, Australia,
193 and New Zealand. The word cloud of the hydrology research dataset shows that water, India,
 11.82%
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

Articles
24.63% Conference proceedings The thematic evolution observed in the
water research dataset from the decade
Reviews
63.55% 2011 to 2020 is shown in Figure 9. The
11.82% results are mainly divided into two-time
intervals- 2011-2017, and 2018-2020.
It shows that environmental, change,
Articles design, aqueous, water, overview,
24.63% Conference proceedings behavior, and India were major thrust
207
areas of research during the first
Figure 6: Document types associated Reviews
208 63.55% with water research keyword interval. However, in the second interval,
childhood, behavior, review, research,
209 After examining the water research Scopus dataset, it was observed that India, water, and water, extract, community, change, and
India were at the center of most of the
210 study are the trending words and most frequently appeared as shown in Figure 7. Health,
studies in this field.
211 system, climate change, factors, analysis, and assessment are the other words that are often
The world map of country collaboration
207
208212 appeared inFigure
the
Fig.research
6 6: dataset. types
Document
: Document typesassociated
associatedwith
withwater
waterresearch
researchkeyword
keyword shows that Indian researchers are mostly
collaborating with researchers from the
United States, Canada, Brazil, European
209 After examining the water research Scopus dataset, it was observed that India, water, and countries, China, Japan, Australia, and
210 study are the trending words and most frequently appeared as shown in Figure 7. Health, New Zealand. The word cloud of the
water research dataset shows that water,
211 system, climate change, factors, analysis, and assessment are the other words that are often
India, health, study, analysis, and review
212 appeared in the research dataset. are the most frequent words followed by
basin climate change, rural, community,
arsenic, environmental, and impacts.
The groundwater, solar, management,
antibiotic, adsorption, carbon, and
characterization are also some of the
frequent words in the research dataset
(Figure 10).

3.3 Bibliometric Analysis of

217 water, system, analysis, model, performance, review, India, and Bengal are the motor themes
Water Management Dataset
Unlike hydrology and water research
218 of the research in water research. However, human, development, approach, climate change,
213 keywords, this keyword has much larger
219 environment, arsenic, basin, region, research, and Asia are among the emerging or declining publications (867) that were distributed
214 Figure
Fig. 7 : 7: Trend
Trend topicsininthe
topics thewater
waterresearch
research literature
literature in 319 sources (journals, books, etc.)
220 themes. There were no particular basic, and niche themes in this dataset.
between the years 2011 to 2020. The
215 The research thematic map of the water research dataset comprises only two categories of average year from the publication of
216 themes such as motor themes and emerging or declining themes (Figure 8). Health, study, each document was 4.81 years. The
average citation per year per document
213 was 5.304; however, the average citation
per document was 35.75 (Table 3), which
214 Figure 7: Trend topics in 10
the water research literature
is quite high when compared with the
previous two keywords.
215 The research thematic map of the water research dataset comprises only two categories of
Table 3 : Main information about data
216 themes such as motor themes and emerging or declining themes (Figure 8). Health, study,
Sources (Journals, Books, 319
etc.)
10 Documents 867
Average years from 4.81
publication
Average citation per 35.75
221 document
222 Figure 8: Thematic map of water research literature
Fig. 8 : Thematic map of water research literature Average citation per year per 5.304
document

10 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 A - 286

 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

The research domain with water water, India, management, treatment, categories of themes such as basic
management keyword is mainly and study are the trending words and themes, motor themes, niche themes,
comprised of five types of documents: most frequently appeared as shown and emerging or declining themes (Figure
articles, which represent 80% of the total in Figure 12. Ganges, watershed, 13). The water management research in
documents, followed by reviews (11%), irrigation, performance, agricultural, climate, change, and analysis themes
conference proceedings (8%), book formulation, and index are the other lie on relevance degree (centrality),
chapters (1%), and books (1%) as shown words that are often appeared in the whereas; water management in India,
in Figure 11. research dataset. wastewater, treatment, and removal
After examining the water management The research thematic map of the water is the motor themes of research. The
221 Scopus dataset, it was observed that management dataset comprises four remote, estimation, and techniques lie on
222 Figure 8: Thematic map of water research literature development degree (emerging themes),
however, modeling, network, and models
are showing low development but
moderate relevance.
The thematic evolution observed
in the water management research
dataset from the decade 2011 to 2020
is shown in Figure 14. The results are
mainly divided into two-time intervals-
2011-2018, and 2019-2020. It shows
that water, wastewater, climate, and
potential, south were major thrust areas
223 of research during the first interval.
224 Figure
Fig. 9 :9:Thematic
Thematicevolution
evolutionininwater
waterresearch
research However, in the second interval, water,
wastewater, India, potential, waste, and
225 The thematic evolution observed in the water research dataset from the decade 2011 to 2020 review were at the center of most of the
studies in this field.
226 is shown in Figure 9. The results are mainly divided into two-time intervals- 2011-2017, and
The world map of country collaboration
227 2018-2020. It shows that environmental, change, design, aqueous, water, overview, behavior,
shows that Indian researchers are
228 and India were major thrust areas of research during the first interval. However, in the second collaborating with many research and
229 interval, childhood, behavior, review, research, water, extract, community, change, and India academic institutions across the globe.
The word cloud of the water management
230 were at the center of most of the studies in this field.
dataset shows that water, India,
wastewater, management, and study
7 The research domain with water management keyword is mainly comprised of five types are of the most frequent words followed
8 documents: articles, which represent80% of the 11 total documents, followed by reviews (11%), by groundwater, treatment, system, and
231 removal. The climate, based, quality,
9 conference proceedings (8%), book chapters (1%), and books (1%) as shown in Figure 11. assessment, and approach are also some
232 Figure 10: Country collaboration map and word cloud of water
Fig. 10 : Country collaboration map and word cloud of water researchresearch
of the frequent words in the research
233 The world map of country collaboration shows that Indian researchers are mostly dataset (Figure 15).
234 collaborating with researchers from the United States, Canada, Brazil, European countries, 3.4 Bibliometric analysis of
235 China, Japan, Australia,10.73%
and New Zealand. The word cloud of the water research dataset Water Quality dataset
1.04%
236 shows that water, India, health, study, analysis, and review are the most frequent words Likewise water management, this keyword
0.12% 8.07% Articles also has an almost similar number of
237 followed by basin climate change, rural, community, arsenic, environmental, and impacts.
Books publications (866) that were distributed
238 The groundwater, solar, management, antibiotic, adsorption, carbon, and
Book chapterscharacterization are in 354 sources (journals, books, etc.)
239 also some of the frequent words in the research dataset (FigureConference
10). between the years 2011 to 2020. The
proceedings
average year from the publication of each
Reviews document was 5.03 years. The average
240 80.05%
3.3 Bibliometric analysis of Water Management dataset
citation per year per document was
241 Unlike hydrology and water research keywords, this keyword has much larger publications 4.471; however, the average citation per
242 (867) that were distributed in 319 sources (journals, books, etc.) between the years 2011 to document was 31.05 (Table 4), which is
quite high when compared with hydrology
0 243 2020. The average year from the publication of each document was 4.81 years. The average and water research keywords.

1 244 citation Figure

per year
Fig. per
1111: documenttypes
Document
: Document was 5.304;
types however,
associated
associated thewater
withwith
wateraverage citationkeyword
management
management per keyword
document was
245 35.75 (Table 3), which is quite high when compared with the previous two keywords.
2 After Aexamining
- 286 WATER
the water management Scopus dataset, it was observed that water,and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
India, December 2022 11
246 Table 3: Main information about data
3 management, treatment, and study are the trending words and most frequently appeared as
Sources (Journals, Books, etc.) 319
 252 After examining the water management Scopus dataset, it was observed that water, India,
253 management, treatment, and study are the trending words and most frequently appeared as
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)
254 shown in Figure 12. Ganges, watershed, irrigation, performance, agricultural, formulation,
255 and index are the other words that are often appeared in the research dataset.

Table 4 : Main information about data

Sources (Journals, Books, 354

etc.)
Documents 866
Average years from publication 5.03
257 Figure 12: Trend topics in the water management literature
Average citation per document 31.05
258 The research thematic map of the water management dataset comprises four categories of
Average citation per year per 4.471
259 themes such as basic themes, motor themes, niche themes, and emerging or declining themes
document
260 (Figure 13). The water management research in climate, change, and analysis themes lie on
261 relevance degree (centrality), whereas; water management in India, wastewater, treatment, The research domain with water quality
262 and removal is the motor themes of research. The remote, estimation, and techniques lie on keyword is mainly comprised of four types
256
263 development degree (emerging themes), however, modeling, network, and models are of documents: articles, which represent
264 Fig.
showing low 12 : Trend
development but topics
moderateinrelevance.
the water management literature 83% of the total documents, followed by
13 conference proceedings (9%), reviews
(7%), and book chapters (1%) as shown
in Figure 16.
After examining the water quality Scopus
dataset, it was observed that water,
quality, India, and study are the trending
words and most frequently appeared as
shown in Figure 17. Ganga, covid, index,
approach, district, and characteristics are
the other words that are often appeared
in the research dataset.
The research thematic map of the water
quality dataset comprises four categories
of themes such as basic themes, motor
265 themes, niche themes, and emerging
266 Fig. Figure
13 : Thematic map
13: Thematic ofofwater
map management
water management literature
literature or declining themes (Figure 18). The
river water quality, urban, impact, and
management are the basic themes of the
research in the water quality sector. The
267 groundwater assessment in India is the
268 Figure 14: Thematic evolution in water management research motor theme of the research, whereas;
study, environmental, analysis, seasonal,
269 The thematic evolution observed in the water management research dataset from the decade coastal, and effects are niche themes
270 2011 to 2020 is shown in Figure 14. The results are mainly divided into two-time intervals- of research in water quality. However,
271 2011-2018, and 2019-2020. It shows that water, wastewater, climate, and potential, south health, contamination, and distribution
272 were major thrust areas of research during the first interval. However, in the second interval, were among the emerging themes.
267
273 water, wastewater, India, potential, waste,14and review were at the center of most of the The thematic evolution observed in the
268
274 studies in Fig. Figure 14: Thematic
14 : Thematic
this field. evolution
evolution ininwater
water management
management research
research water quality research dataset from the
decade 2011 to 2020 is shown in Figure
269 The thematic evolution observed in the water management research dataset from the decade 19. The results are mainly divided into
270 2011 to 2020 is shown in Figure 14. The results are mainly divided into two-time intervals- two-time intervals- 2011-2018, and 2019-
271 2011-2018, and 2019-2020. It shows that water, wastewater, climate, and potential, south 2020. It shows that water, groundwater,
272 were major thrust areas of research during the first interval. However, in the second interval, pollution, impact, assessment, rural,
and effect were major thrust areas
273 water, wastewater, India, potential, waste, and review were at the center of most of the
of research during the first interval.
274 studies in this field.
However, in the second interval, water,
environmental, contamination, India,
sensing, characterization, review, and
analysis were at the center of most of the
275 studies in this field.
276Fig. 15Figure 15: Country
: Country collaboration
collaboration map map
andand word
word cloudofofwater
cloud water management
management research
research

12 277 The
WATER world
and map of country
ENERGY collaboration shows
INTERNATIONAL that Indian
December 2022researchers are collaborating with A - 286
278 many research and academic institutions across the globe. The word cloud of the water
279 management dataset shows that water, India, wastewater, management, and study are the
291 The research domain with water quality keyword is mainly comprised of four types of
292 w&efollowed
documents: articles, which represent 83% of the total documents, internatioNal
by conference (Water resources section)
293 proceedings (9%), reviews (7%), and book chapters (1%) as shown in Figure 16.

The world map of country collaboration

shows that Indian researchers are
7.04% collaborating with many research and
0.69% 8.89%
academic institutions across the globe.
The word cloud of the water quality
Articles
dataset shows that water, quality, India,
Book chapters
river, groundwater, and assessment are
Conference proceedings
the most frequent words followed by
Reviews
district, drinking, analysis, and study.
83.37% The basin management, urban health,
pollution, system, effect, and index are
also some of the frequent words in the
294 research dataset (Figure 20).
295 Fig. 16 : Document
Figure typestypes
16: Document associated
associatedwith
withwater qualitykeyword
water quality keyword
4. Conclusions
296 After examining the water quality Scopus dataset, it was observed that water, quality, India, To get a clear insight into the latest
research hotspots, trends, basic themes,
297 and study are the trending words and most frequently appeared as shown in Figure 17.
motor themes, niche themes, and
298 Ganga, covid, index, approach, district, and characteristics are the other words that are often emerging or declining themes in various
299 appeared in the research dataset. aspects of water resources management
300 research, a bibliometric study of four
301
16
Figure 17: Trend topics in the water quality literature important keywords- hydrology, water
research, water management, and
302 The research thematic map of the water quality dataset comprises four categories of themes water quality was carried out for the
303 such as basic themes, motor themes, niche themes, and emerging or declining themes (Figure decade 2011-2020. For this purpose,
304 18). The river water quality, urban, impact, and management are the basic themes of the the Scopus dataset was selected since it
305 research in the water quality sector. The groundwater assessment in India is the motor theme has the largest collection of various peer-
306 of the research, whereas; study, environmental, analysis, seasonal, coastal, and effects are reviewed literature in almost all the fields.
300
307 niche themes of research in water quality. However, health, contamination, and distribution
For the data analysis, the Bibliometrix
301 Fig. Figure 17: Trend topics in the water quality literature
17 : Trend package of R software was used as it
308 were among the emerging themes.topics in the water quality literature
is freely available and serves for the
302 The research thematic map of the water quality dataset comprises four categories of themes
quantitative research in bibliometrics and
303 such as basic themes, motor themes, niche themes, and emerging or declining themes (Figure scientometrics that include all the main
304 18). The river water quality, urban, impact, and management are the basic themes of the bibliometric techniques of analysis.
305 research in the water quality sector. The groundwater assessment in India is the motor theme
The total number of publications under
306 of the research, whereas; study, environmental, analysis, seasonal, coastal, and effects are hydrology and water research was low
307 niche themes of research in water quality. However, health, contamination, and distribution as compared with water management
308 were among the emerging themes. and water quality. The reason behind the
lesser publications under the previous two
keywords may be that they are linked with
the core water resources management
field; however, the latter two are also
309 often used in the chemistry, engineering,
310 Fig. Figure
18 : Thematic map
18: Thematic mapof
ofwater quality
water quality literature
literature medical sciences, environmental
17 sciences, microbiology, biotechnology,
and other similar subject areas. The
average citation per document for water
management and water quality was also
high (>30). Therefore, this is the need of
the hour that researchers and institutions
309 working in the field of water resources
310 Figure 18: Thematic map of water quality literature management should attentively focus
17 on the core domain of water resources
management.
Basic, and emerging or declining themes
311
are very important for assessing the
312 Fig.Figure 19: Thematic
19 : Thematic evolutionin
evolution in water
water quality
qualityresearch
research

313 The thematic evolution observed in the water quality research dataset from the decade WATER
A - 286 2011 and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 13
314 to 2020 is shown in Figure 19. The results are mainly divided into two-time intervals- 2011-
315 2018, and 2019-2020. It shows that water, groundwater, pollution, impact, assessment, rural,
316 and effect were major thrust areas of research during the first interval. However, in the
w&e
317 internatioNal
second (Water resources
interval, water, environmental, contamination, India,section)
sensing, characterization,
318 review, and analysis were at the center of most of the studies in this field.

Worldwide research on geoparks through

bibliometric analysis. Sustainability,
13(3), 1175.
Mehmood, H. (2019). Bibliometrics of
Water Research: A Global Snapshot.
UNU-INWEH Report Series, Issue 06.
United Nations University Institute for
Water, Environment and Health, Hamilton,
Canada.
Nishy, P., & Saroja, R. (2018). A
scientometric examination of the water
319 quality research in India. Environmental
320 Figure
Fig. 20: Country
20 : Country collaboration
collaboration mapmap
andand word
word cloud
cloud ofof waterquality
water qualityresearch
research monitoring and assessment, 190(4),
1-13.
321 research pattern
The world in country
map of a specific showsrecognizing
field as they
collaboration the challenges
that Indian researchers in the subject
are collaborating with ODLIS. (2002). Online Dictionary for
are not much evolved and marginal. The area. In the wake of the critical situation
many research
322 analysis and academic
of the hydrology institutions
keyword datasetacross the globe.
of water The word
resources cloud of the there
management, water Library and Information Science.http://
323 suggests that the
quality dataset focus
shows thatofwater,
the research is river,
quality, India, a need to expedite
groundwater, andthe research
assessment areand
the www.abc-clio.com/ODLIS/odlis_A.aspx
(accessed on 01 Februay, 2022).
324 should be now words
most frequent on river by district, responsibilities
hydrological
followed should
drinking, analysis, and be taken
study. Thebybasin
the
modeling, basin climate change, coastal agencies to allocate the funds adequately Pritchard, A. (1969). Statistical
changes in the Indian subcontinent, to ensure the safety and sustainability of bibliography or bibliometrics. Journal of
storage, spring, and capacity as they fall water resources. documentation, 25(4), 348-349.
under basic and emerging or declining 18 United Nations. (2015). Transforming
themes. The investigation of the water
Acknowledgement
our world: the 2030 agenda for
research dataset suggests that the The authors are very much thankful to the sustainable development. Resolution
topics related to human, development, Library Services of the Indian Institute of No. A/RES/70/1, United Nations, New
approach, climate change, environment, Technology, Roorkee (IIT-R) for providing York, NY. https://sdgs.un.org/sites/
arsenic, basin, region, and research the facility to download the Scopus default/files/publications/21252030%20
are somewhere falling behind. The dataset used in this study. Agenda%20for%20Sustainable%20
investigation of the water management Development%20web.pdf (accessed on
keyword dataset indicates that modeling, References 27 January, 2022).
network, and models are less talked Bates, M. J. (1999). The invisible
about topics, however, in the case of the substrate of information science. Journal UN-Water. (2020). The Sustainable
water quality keyword dataset river water of the American society for information Development Goal 6 Global Acceleration
quality, urban, impact, management, science, 50(12), 1043-1050. Framework. Geneva, Switzerland. https://
health, contamination, and distribution Callon, M., Courtial, J. P., & Laville, F. www.unwater.org/publications/the-
were among the gap areas. sdg-6-global-acceleration-framework/
(1991). Co-word analysis as a tool for (accessed on 27 January, 2022).
This kind of study shall give a clear describing the network of interactions
picture of the state of the research in between basic and technological WHO (World Health Organization).
the water sector and also help in finding research: The case of polymer chemsitry. (2019). Progress on household drinking
the knowledge gap. It will also provide Scientometrics, 22(1), 155-205. water, sanitation and hygiene 2000-
various bibliometric indicators useful Herrera-Franco, G., Montalván-Burbano, 2017: special focus on inequalities. World
to researchers and policymakers in N., Carrión-Mero, P., Jaya-Montalvo, Health Organization. https://www.who.
conducting the research assessment and M., & Gurumendi-Noriega, M. (2021). int/water_sanitation_health/publications/
jmp-report-2019/en/ (accessed on 27
January, 2022).

14 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 A - 286

 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

Significance of Landfills on Climate Change :

Challenges and Opportunities
Abhishek Dixit1, and Deepesh Singh2

ABSTRACT
There is a challenge as a result of growing environmental consciousness, harsher laws, urban densification, population
growth, and the production of new goods. Recycling and reuse of waste, also envisioned as waste reduction, assist to
get better management of the solid waste generated. Reducing waste generation and recycling are equally effective
measures for lowering greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. Methane, one of the major GHGes, has been estimated to
have a global warming potential 28 times that of carbon dioxide over 100 years. The concentration of methane (CH4)
in the atmosphere has risen dramatically over the last few centuries. From 1750 to 2010, the concentration of CH4 in
the environment increased from 700 to 1808 parts per billion (ppb). The effective management of municipal solid waste
(MSW) and conversion of landfill gases into fuel can control global warming up to a significant level. A well-equipped
engineered landfill is one of the options for energy generation. Rapid population growth and urbanization result in a
huge generation of MSW. The huge MSW generation can be another source of energy for the expanded demand of the
population with time.
Keywords : Climate change, Greenhouse gas, Landfill, Methane

1. INTRODUCTION
Climate change is the term used to
characterize long-term variations in
temperature and weather. Natural
processes may be the cause of these
changes. However, human activity has
been the main contributor to climate
change since the last century. Wider
temperature variations, increased storm
frequency, marshes, and other low-lying
coastal areas being flooded could be
caused by an increase in the Earth's
average temperature of just a few
degrees (USEPA, 2022a). Anthropogenic
activities are expected to cause a
minimum global temperature increase of
1.4 oC and a sea level rise of 0.2 meters
by the end of the century (Ilmas et al.,
2018). The complex, large-scale process
known as climate, which represents the
average of several decades of recorded
weather patterns, is the result of the
dynamics between several components,
including off-planet factors and within-
planet ocean, atmosphere, land, and
biological interactions (Rivera-Collazo,
2022). Air pollution, sickness, stress on
mental health, increasing hunger, and
inadequate nutrition in humans are the
serious consequences of climate change
(UNAP, 2022).
The main GHG that are significantly
causing climate change is carbon dioxide
and methane (UN Climate Action, 2022).
Methane has an atmospheric lifetime of
roughly 10 years, whereas carbon dioxide
has a significantly longer lifetime perhaps
100 or 200 years (Victor, 1991). Two
significant GHGes, methane (CH4) and
nitrous oxide (N2O) are major contributors
to climate change and global warming
(Gorh & Baruah, 2019). The potential of
different GHGes is presented in Table 1.
Table 1 : Potential of different GHGes
(Garrett, 1992)
Time GHGes with their global
duration warming potential
(in years) CO2 CH4 N 2O
20 1 63 270
50 1 21 290
100 1 9 190
Methane and carbon dioxide are produced
as organic waste decomposes. Methane
is produced when air is absent, but carbon
dioxide is the byproduct of organic decay
when there is air present (SPREP, 2009).
Organic waste decomposition produces
methane gas, which can cause flames
and explosions and contributes to global
warming and climate change (Mohareb
et al., 2011; Zohoori & Ghani, 2017).
Methane (CH4), the second-largest GHG
produced by humans after carbon dioxide
(CO2), is responsible for one of the
major causes of anthropogenic climate
change (GMI, 2011). Coal, natural gas,
and oil production and transportation all
result in methane emissions. Additionally,
emissions are produced as organic
matter decomposed in municipal solid
waste landfills (GMI, 2011). In 2000,
29% of GHG emissions originated from
developing nations. This percentage is
anticipated to be 64% in 2030 and 76% in
2050, respectively (Rezaee et al., 2014).
The composition of waste is a significant
factor in the methanogenesis process
in landfills (Chakraborty et al., 2011).
Recycling and waste reduction are
effective strategies for reducing climate
change (USEPA, 2022). The extensively
used, affordable method for getting rid
of municipal solid waste is landfilling (
Kumar et al., 2023). Due to inadequate
management of MSW in open dumps
in developing nations, the escalating
issue of climate change caused by
methane emissions, and the negative
consequences on people drinking
leachate-contaminated groundwater
are major concerns (Cristóbal et al.,

1. Assistant Professor, Pranveer Singh Institute of Technology, Kanpur (UP), India.

2. Associate Professor, Harcourt Butler Technical University, Kanpur (UP), India

A - 287 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 15

 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

2022; Kumar et al., 2023; Schneider Agrawal, 2020). Among the top 10 MSW- issue. In the absence of a collection
et al., 2017). Landfills have about 10 generating countries, Five are developing system, people would burn their waste in
times greater impact on climate change nations: China, India, Brazil, Indonesia, their yards to get rid of it. Only 25% of
than anaerobic process, combustion, and Mexico (Nanda & Berruti, 2021). the total municipal solid waste generated
and decomposition, this method would Human activities such as domestic, worldwide is transferred to methods of
significantly
e and carbon exacerbate
dioxide are producedalready
as organic existing industrial, agricultural,
waste decomposes. Methane is commercial,
produced when waterair isthe waste management process (Nanda
absent,
bon dioxideenvironmental
is the byproductproblems throughout
of organic decay thewhen and
therewastewater
is air present treatment
(SPREP,plants,
2009). and
Organic& waste
Berruti, 2021). The management of
world (Muhammad
osition produces methane gas, & Rosentrater,
which can cause 2020). soand
flames forth generateand
explosions solid waste (Idzorek,
contributes waste generated in a city is a tedious job
to global warming
mate change (Mohareb
Landfill gas (LFG)et al.,is 2011; Zohoori &
approximately halfGhani, 2017).
1991). Fig.Methane
1. shows ), the second-largest
(CH4different factors forGHG the local authorities. This management
d by humans after carbon
methane, half carbon (CO2), and
dioxidedioxide, is responsible for one of
water affecting the major
waste causes of anthropogenic process
generation. climate included several stages like
(GMI, 2011).
vapor Coal, natural
by volume gas, and
(USEPA, oil production Mixed
2022). and transportation all result in methane emissions.
MSW at landfills poses risks to collection, transportation, segregation,
nally, emissions are produced as organic matter decomposed in municipal solid waste landfills (GMI,recycling, 2011). reuse, etc.
the environment, and human health,
, 29% of 2. MUNICIPAL
GHG emissions originated fromWASTE developing nations. This percentage is anticipated to be 64% in
d 76% in 2050,GENERATION
respectively (Rezaee AND et al., 2014).ITS and frequently results in open fires 3. CORRELATION BETWEEN
(CSE, 2020). Therefore, an effective
mposition of waste is a significant factor in the methanogenesis process in landfills (Chakraborty et al.,
MANAGEMENT LANDFILLS AND CLIMATE
Recycling and waste reduction are effective strategiesand for sanitary
reducing system
climate forchangecollecting
(USEPA, and2022). The
CHANGE
Municipal solid waste (MSW) generation
vely used, affordable method for getting rid of municipaldisposing solid waste of is
solid waste is
landfilling essential
( Kumar for2023). Due
et al.,
is impacted by a population's lifestyle, any community. The generation of solid The variation in climate parameters
equate management of MSW in open dumps in developing nations, the escalating issue of climate change
urbanization, and income bracket (Dixit et waste is influenced by the economic and landfill gas generations both are
by methane emissions, and the negative consequences on people drinking leachate-contaminated
al., 2022). The amount of waste produced the interconnected and their interdependency
water are major concerns (Cristóbal et al., 2022; Kumarcondition et al., 2023;andSchneider
living standards of Landfills
et al., 2017). have
per person to the total population
0 times greater impact on climate change than anaerobic is habitants of the
process, community.
combustion, and Industrial is discussed
decomposition, this in sections 3.1 and 3.2.
the most obvious way to calculate
would significantly exacerbate already existing environmental the development problemsleadsthroughout
to the migration of the
the world (Muhammad
amount of MSW generated (Wang & half
3.1. Effect of Landfills on Climate
ntrater, 2020). Landfill gas (LFG) is approximately population
methane, from villages/
half carbon remote
dioxide, andareas
water vapor Change
by
(USEPA,You, 2021). From an estimated 2.5 billion to urban zones to get more per capita
2022).
people in 1950, the global population has income (Saluja et al., 2020). Improved An estimated 2 billion tonnes of municipal
CIPAL WASTEincreased by 1 billion people
GENERATION AND since 2010 per capita income of any society allows solid waste (MSW) are generated each
ITS MANAGEMENT
and 2 billion since 1998 to 8.0 billion one to achieve more purchasing power. year at the world level (S. S. Kumar et
pal solid waste
people(MSW) generation is 2022
by mid-November impacted by a population's lifestyle, urbanization, and income bracket
(Gaigbe-
t al., 2022). The amount of waste produced per person Ultimately,
to the totala population
high livingis standard with al.,
the most obvious
2023). Globally, The population and
way to
Togbe et al., 2022). There are currently better purchasing power promotes the area growth rates from 1999 to 2014
e the amount of MSW generated (Wang & You, 2021). From an estimated 2.5 billion people in 1950, the
37.8 million people living in Canada, with were
population has increased by 1 billion people since 2010 consumption and 2 billion since of packaged items people
1998 to 8.0 billion and by mid-2.5% and 1.7%, respectively
81% of their urban areas. On the other more waste generation. (Bhadauria et al., 2022). Large-scale
ber 2022 (Gaigbe-Togbe et al., 2022). There are currently 37.8 million people living in Canada, with 81% of
side, the United States currently has a municipal solid waste generation and
ban areas. On the other side, the United States currently Urban has awaste
population of 331 ends
frequently millionuppeople,
in 83% of
population of 331 million people,
eside in urban areas (Nanda & Berruti, 2021). By 2050, 83% of it is anticipated that theonglobe poor
would produce 27 waste management techniques
unauthorized dumping roadways,
whom reside in urban areas
onnes of waste annually (Kumar & Agrawal, 2020). Among (Nanda & lead to contamination of the land, water,
publictheareas,
top 10 wastelands,
MSW-generating countries,
drains, or Five are
Berruti, 2021). By 2050, it is anticipated
ing nations: China, India, Brazil, Indonesia, and Mexico (Nanda & The Berruti, 2021).ofHuman and air in developing nations (Dixit et al.,
waterways. burning solid activities
waste such as
that the globe would produce 27
c, industrial, agricultural, commercial, water and wastewaterbillion treatment plants, and 2022).
so forth generate solid Presently, over 40,000 registered
generates yet another environmental
tonnesFig.of1. waste
dzorek, 1991). annuallyfactors
shows different (Kumar & waste generation.
affecting industries in India are generating 7.2
million tonnes of hazardous waste (Dixit
Population & Srivastava, 2015). Organic matter
growth decomposition releases methane, a
GHG that contributes to global warming,
Urbanization and high organic content. It promotes
Quantification parameters of

the growth of pathogenic bacteria, which

Literacy rate leads to acute and chronic illnesses
waste generation

among nearby residents and workers

Awareness in (Fan et al., 2018). More waste will be
society dumped in managed landfills as a result
of better waste management. Anaerobic
Industralization degradation can occur in sanitary
landfills under optimal conditions. The
Per capita anthropogenic source of methane
income
emissions is thought to be household
Recycle and solid waste from municipalities, which
reuse accounts for 11% of all CH4 emissions
globally (Singh et al., 2018). The amount
Legislation of landfill gas produced is determined by
the waste composition, the age of the
Factors affecting the quantity Fig.of1 :waste
Factors affecting the quantity of waste generation
generation. waste, and the volume of waste dumped
MSW at landfills poses risks to the environment, and human health, and frequently results in open fires
020).16 WATERanand ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 A - 287
Therefore, effective and sanitary system for collecting and disposing of solid waste is essential for

(Omar & Rohani, 2015). The distribution
of different components in landfill gas is
presented in Table 2.
Table 2 : Percentage contribution of
different gases generated from landfill
(Omar & Rohani, 2015)
Generated Percentage in
gas from landfill gas by
landfill volume
CH4 45 to 60
CO2 40 to 60
N2 2 to 5
O2 0.10-1.00
In 2010, it was projected that there were
50 Gt of GHG emissions worldwide,
with CO2 accounting for 76% of those
emissions, CH4 for about 16%, N2O for
about 6%, and other gases for about
2% (Scarlat et al., 2015). Several
investigations revealed that landfill gas
generation rates ranged from 39-100 kg
of CH4 per tonne of waste (Matthews &
Themelis, 2007; Themelis & Ulloa, 2007).
The average global per capita landfill gas
emission was 5.30 kg in the year 1980
while it was 4.18 kg in the year 2017
(Zhao, 2019). In India, Maharashtra state
was the largest emitter of CH4 from 2009
to 2010, contributing 149 Gg of emissions.
Other states such as West Bengal (97.5
Gg), Tamil Nadu (97.1 Gg), and Uttar
Pradesh (89.9 Gg) were the next-largest
emitters (Singh et al., 2018). A total of
1084 Gg CH4 was released in 2015,
with Maharashtra contributing the most
with 208 Gg, followed by Uttar Pradesh
(148 Gg), and Tamil Nadu (138 Gg) (112
Gg) (Singh et al., 2018). Global landfill
emissions are equivalent to around one
billion tonnes of carbon dioxide (CO2)
since methane has a 28 times greater
global warming potential than CO2.
3.2. Effect of Climate Change on
Landfills
The dynamics of many different
components, including interactions
between the ocean, atmosphere,
land, and biotic organisms, result in
the complicated, large-scale process
known as climate. Which represents
the average of many decades' value
of observed weather patterns (Rivera-
Collazo, 2022). One of the most crucial
elements in leachate quality and waste
A - 287
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)
stabilization at landfill sites is water. of MSW involves a series of interconnected
However, it has consistently been shown activities. Poor performance in any
that increasing moisture has a stimulating activity will result in failure in subsequent
effect on methanogenesis (Adhikari et activities, which will increase the failure of
al., 2008). Leachate is released from the process. Proper disposal of municipal
landfills as a result of intricate physical, waste in engineered landfill sites depends
chemical, and biological processes, on different preceding activities like on-
including precipitation infiltration, organic site handling, collection, transportation,
fraction biodegradation, and waste and disposal. A well-equipped landfill site
compaction (Ma et al., 2022). The type will provide the opportunity to convert
of decomposition that occurs at waste the waste to energy considering that
sites depends on the availability of free almost whole waste is disposed of in the
oxygen. At first, aerobic degradation landfill site. The difference between open
takes place. The surface of the landfill and dump and engineered landfill is shown in
the area directly below it, where oxygen Table 3.
is present, may nevertheless experience
degradation (Amokrane et al., 1997).
4.1. Challenges
Temperature is considered to have two The major challenges involved in the
effects on the decomposition of solid process of waste management are
waste: immediate effects on reaction, and presented in Table 4.
long-term implications on the equilibrium Approximately 80 – 95 percent of
of the microbial population (Yeşiller et al., MSWM's budget is allocated to collection
2005). The operation of the landfill, the and transportation activities; as a result,
ambient conditions, and the nature of the these activities are crucial to establishing
solid waste dumped together contribute the overall system (Sharholy et al., 2008).
to significant issues with the landfills, Apart from the listed challenges in Table
such as excessive levels of leachate 4, general awareness of people, available
production and landfill gas emissions resources, and legislation are equally
(Ramprasad et al., 2022). important in the waste management
process (Agarwal et al., 2005; Vij,
4. CHALLENGES AND
2012). Societal awareness about the
OPPORTUNITIES
hazardous effects of illegal dumping is
A significant element of any society's one of the prime responsibilities of the
sustainable growth is the generation and local authority (Prajapati et al., 2021;
management of waste. The management
Table 3 : Comparison between open dump and the engineered landfill (Dixit et al.,
2022; Kaushal & Sharma, 2016)
Environmental Engineered landfill Open dump
Parameters
Groundwater No, Due to the application Yes, due to leachate percolation
contamination of liners at the bottom of through the soil
the fill
Soil No, Due to the application Yes, due to leachate percolation
contamination of liners at bottom of the through the soil
fill
Landfill gas Controlled Uncontrolled
collection
Fire Unlikely Common practice
Human health Very low • Inhalation of harmful gases.
risk • Dermal and ingestion of
contaminated soil and
vegetables.
• Deterioration of flora and fauna.
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 17
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

Table 4 : Challenges in MSW management (Kulkarni, 2020; S. Kumar et al., 2009) 2017).

Process Challenges Fig.2. shows that disposal of municipal

solid waste mainly occurs in two ways:
Quantification of Data is not sufficiently available to estimate the exact quantity of
open dumps and engineering landfills.
waste generation waste generated from a city/ community.
Open dumps are majorly responsible
Composition of Due to insufficient segregation of waste at the source level for the contamination of groundwater
waste generation as well as global warming due to the
Storage and • Poor system of Sweeping emission of GHGes. The establishment
collection • Irregular collection and cleaning from dustbins/ community and maintenance of engineered landfills
waste disposal bins. is an expansive project and most
developing countries are facing the fund
• Poor maintenance of bins. issue to fix it. But landfills are capable
• Throwing of waste just outside the society. to convert landfill gases into energy
• Not proper disposal of the wet and dry waste collection (Fig. 2). The long-term viability of the
system facility depends on establishing regular
operations and maintenance procedures
Sharma & Jain, 2019). Due to inadequate 1460 MW of energy production in India (Centre for Environmental Education &
funding and poor legislation, municipal (Kalyani & Pandey, 2014). Theoretically, Urban Management Consulting, 2019).
authorities typically fall short of effective 150 kg of methane may be produced 5. CONCLUSIONS
MSW management (Vaidya et al., 2014). by the anaerobic decomposition of one An explosion in population and rapid
Planning, proper application of methane tonne of wet MSW, which is assumed urbanization is playing a leading role in
as an energy source, and assessing the to contain 60% organic matter and huge municipal solid waste generation.
contribution of various GHG emissions 40% moisture (Scarlat et al., 2015). The quality of life of inhabitants is
to global warming all depend on the According to the Indian government, significantly impacted by improper SWM,
assessment and prediction of the non-recyclable garbage with a calorific which also negatively impacts public
emission rate (Rezaee et al., 2014). content of 1500 kcal/kg must be used for health, pollutes the environment, hastens
energy recovery or in the production of the depletion of natural resources, and
4.2. Opportunities refuse-derived fuel (RDF) (Nixon et al., contributes to climate change. This
Increased landfill gas (LFG) production,
leads to generating more fuel and
protecting the environment from global Global warming
warming. Most of the MSW process plants Landfill gas to
apply three main processes: 1. Material energy
conversion plant
recovery facility (MRF), 2. Waste to
energy (fuel/ electricity) conversion and
3. Landfilling for safe and economical
disposal (Yaman et al., 2020). Two Landfill Landfill
techniques, namely thermochemical gases gases
and biochemical/biological technologies,
are primarily used to convert Waste to
Energy (WtE) (Dhar et al., 2017). The
primary objective of MRF technology is
Municipal
to recycle each recyclable component Open Dump Solid Waste
Engineered Power
landfill generation
of the waste, leaving only food waste (MSW)
and a small number of impurities. WtE
technology, like MRF, is a landfill gas
conversing method in which organic
materials are entirely burned to produce
Leachate
energy (Yaman et al., 2020). It is Leachate
predicted that the worldwide energy
potential of waste ranges from 8 to 18
EJ/year in 2010 and 13 to 30 EJ/year in
2025 (Scarlat et al., 2015). India is the Anaerobic
digester
second most populous nation in the world Groundwater contamination

and produces a lot of waste every day.

MSW has the potential for approximately Fig.Challenges
Fig.2. 2 : Challenges and opportunities
and opportunities are available
are available inmanagement
in the MSW the MSW management
process. process

18 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022

5. CONCLUSIONS
An explosion in population and rapid urbanization is playing a leading role in huge municipal solid w
generation. The quality of life of inhabitants is significantly impacted by improper SWM, which also negati

global change also requires energy for
the survival of the population. Proper
municipal solid waste management can
convert this burning problem into an
option for energy generation. Globally,
proper disposal of municipal solid waste
is a substantial source of methane
emissions. There is a pressing need
to start mitigating actions for reducing
GHG emissions from landfill regions.
The separation of organic waste, which
is useful for composting, and its disposal
in sanitary landfill sites with a facility for
landfill gas extraction for fuel value is
important to control the effect of landfills
on climate change. In most developing
nations: awareness of society, resource
availability, technical guidelines,
and legislative implementation are
challenging issues.
References
United Nations Climate Action. (2022).
https://www.un.org/en/climatechange/
what-is-climate-change
Adhikari, B., Dahal, K. R., & Nath
Khanal, S. (2008). A Review of Factors
Affecting the Composition of Municipal
Solid Waste Landfill Leachate A Review
of Factors Affecting the Composition of
Municipal Solid Waste Landfill Leachate
1*. Certified International Journal of
Engineering Science and Innovative
Technology (IJESIT), 9001(5), 273–
281. https://www.academia.edu/
download/38958749/Review_paper.
pdf%0Ahttps://www.researchgate.net/
publication/269397323
Agarwal, A., Singhmar, A., Kulshrestha,
M., & Mittal, A. K. (2005). Municipal solid
waste recycling and associated markets
in Delhi, India. Resources, Conservation
and Recycling, 44(1), 73–90. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.resconrec.2004.09.007
Amokrane, A., Comel, C., & Veron, J.
(1997). Landfill leachates pretreatment
by coagulation-flocculation. Water
Research, 31(11), 2775–2782. https://doi.
org/10.1016/S0043-1354(97)00147-4
Bhadauria, S., & Dixit, A. (2022).
Estimation of air pollution tolerance and
anticipated performance index of road-
side plants along the national highway
in a tropical urban city. Environmental
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)
Monitoring and Assessment, 1–14.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s10661-022-
10483-0
Centre for Environmental Education, &
Urban Management Consulting. (2019).
Compendium of Good Practices: Urban
Solid Waste Management In India.
National Institute of Urban Affairs.
Chakraborty, M., Sharma, C., Pandey, J.,
Singh, N., & Gupta, P. K. (2011). Methane
emission estimation from landfills in
Delhi: A comparative assessment of
different methodologies. Atmospheric
Environment, 45(39), 7135–7142. https://
doi.org/10.1016/j.atmosenv.2011.09.015
Cristóbal, J., Vázquez-Rowe,
Margallo, M., Ita-Nagy, D., Ziegler-
Rodriguez, K., Laso, J., Ruiz-Salmón,
I., Kahhat, R., & Aldaco, R. (2022).
Climate change mitigation potential of
transitioning from open dumpsters in
Peru: Evaluation of mitigation strategies
in critical dumpsites. Science of the Total
Environment, 846(March). https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2022.157295
CSE_India. (2020). Segregate :
How to make it work for solid waste
management. https://www.cseindia.org/
how-good-are-the-best--10155
Dhar, H., Kumar, S., & Kumar, R. (2017).
A review on organic waste to energy
systems in India. Bioresource Technology,
245(August), 1229–1237. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.biortech.2017.08.159
Dixit, A., Singh, D., & Kumar, S. (2022).
Changing scenario of municipal solid
waste management in Kanpur city ,
India. Journal of Material Cycles and
Waste Management, 2020. https://doi.
org/10.1007/s10163-022-01427-4
Dixit, A., & Srivastava, R. (2015). An
estimate of contaminated land area due
to industrial hazardous waste generation
in India. Int. J. Adv. Res. Educ. Technol,
2(3), 117–125.
Fan, Y. Van, Lee, C. T., Klemeš, J. J.,
Chua, L. S., Sarmidi, M. R., & Leow,
C. W. (2018). Evaluation of Effective
Microorganisms on home scale
organic waste composting. Journal
of Environmental Management, 216,
41–48. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
jenvman.2017.04.019
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
Gaigbe-Togbe, V., Bassarsky, L., Gu, D.,
Spoorenberg, T., & Zeifman, L. (2022).
World Population Prospects 2022.
https://www.un.org/development/desa/
pd/sites/www.un.org.development.desa.
pd/files/wpp2022_summary_of_results.
pdf
Garrett, C. W. (1992). On global climate
change, carbon dioxide, and fossil
fuel combustion. Progress in Energy
and Combustion Science, 18(5), 369–
407. https://doi.org/10.1016/0360-
1285(92)90007-N
GMI. (2011). Landfill Methane : Reducing
Emissions , Advancing Recovery and
Use Opportunities. In Global Methane
I.,
Initiative (GMI) (Vol. 2030). https://www.
globalmethane.org/documents/landfill_
fs_eng.pdf
Gorh, D., & Baruah, K. K. (2019).
Estimation of methane and nitrous oxide
emission from wetland rice paddies with
reference to global warming potential.
Environmental Science and Pollution
Research, 26(16), 16331–16344. https://
doi.org/10.1007/s11356-019-05026-z
Idzorek, J. (1991). Municipal solid waste
incineration : World Bank Technical
Guidance Report. Municipal Waste
Combustion, 111. http://www.worldbank.
org/urban/solid_wm/erm/CWG folder/
Waste Incineration.pdf%5Cnhttp://inis.
iaea.org/search/search.aspx?orig_
q=RN:23086616
Ilmas, B., Mir, K. A., & Khalid, S. (2018).
GHG emissions from the waste sector:
a case study of Rawalpindi in Pakistan.
Carbon Management, 9(6), 645–654.
https://doi.org/10.1080/17583004.2018.
1530025
Kalyani, K. A., & Pandey, K. K. (2014).
Waste to energy status in India: A short
review. Renewable and Sustainable
Energy Reviews, 31, 113–120. https://
doi.org/10.1016/j.rser.2013.11.020
Kaushal, A., & Sharma, M. P. (2016).
Methane Emission from Panki
Open Dump Site of Kanpur, India.
Procedia Environmental Sciences,
35, 337–347. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
proenv.2016.07.014
Kulkarni, B. N. (2020). Environmental
sustainability assessment of land disposal
19
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)
of municipal solid waste generated in
Indian cities – A review. Environmental
Development, 33(February 2019),
100490. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
envdev.2019.100490
Kumar, A., & Agrawal, A. (2020). Recent
trends in solid waste management
status, challenges, and potential for
the future Indian cities – A review.
Current Research in Environmental
Sustainability, 2, 100011. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.crsust.2020.100011
Kumar, S., Bhattacharyya, J. K., Vaidya,
A. N., Chakrabarti, T., Devotta, S., &
Akolkar, A. B. (2009). Assessment of
the status of municipal solid waste
management in metro cities, state
capitals, class I cities, and class II towns
in India: An insight. Waste Management,
29(2), 883–895. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
wasman.2008.04.011
Kumar, S. S., Kumar, A., Malyan, S.
K., Ghosh, P., Kumar, M., Kapoor, R.,
Agrawal, A. K., Kumar, S., Kumar, V.,
& Singh, L. (2023). Landfill leachate
valorization: A potential alternative to
burden off resources and support energy
systems. Fuel, 331(P2), 125911. https://
doi.org/10.1016/j.fuel.2022.125911
Ma, S., Zhou, C., Pan, J., Yang, G.,
Sun, C., Liu, Y., Chen, X., & Zhao, Z.
(2022). Leachate from municipal solid
waste landfills in a global perspective:
Characteristics, influential factors and
environmental risks. Journal of Cleaner
Production, 333(December 2021),
130234. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
jclepro.2021.130234
Matthews, E., & Themelis, N. J. (2007).
Potential for Reducing Global Methane
Emissions From Landfills , 2000-2030.
Proceedings of International Landfill
Symposium, November, 1–5. http://www.
seas.columbia.edu/earth/wtert/sofos/
Matthews_Themelis_Sardinia2007.pdf
Mohareb, E. A., MacLean, H. L., &
Kennedy, C. A. (2011). GHG emissions
from waste management-Assessment
of quantification methods. Journal
of the Air and Waste Management
Association, 61(5), 480–493. https://doi.
org/10.3155/1047-3289.61.5.480
Muhammad, N. I. S., & Rosentrater,
K. A. (2020). Comparison of global-
20 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
warming potential impact of food waste
fermentation to landfill disposal. SN
Applied Sciences, 2(2), 1–7. https://doi.
org/10.1007/s42452-020-2035-6
Nanda, S., & Berruti, F. (2021). Municipal
solid waste management and landfilling
technologies: a review. Environmental
Chemistry Letters, 19(2), 1433–1456.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s10311-020-
01100-y
Nixon, J. D., Dey, P. K., & Ghosh, S.
K. (2017). Energy recovery from waste
in India: An evidence-based analysis.
Sustainable Energy Technologies and
Assessments, 21, 23–32. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.seta.2017.04.003
Omar, H., & Rohani, S. (2015). Treatment
of landfill waste, leachate and landfill gas:
A review. Frontiers of Chemical Science
and Engineering, 9(1), 15–32. https://
doi.org/10.1007/s11705-015-1501-y
Prajapati, K. K., Yadav, M., Singh, R. M.,
Parikh, P., Pareek, N., & Vivekanand,
V. (2021). An overview of municipal
solid waste management in Jaipur
city, India - Current status, challenges
and recommendations. Renewable
and Sustainable Energy Reviews,
152(August), 111703. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.rser.2021.111703
Ramprasad, C., Teja, H. C., Gowtham,
V., & Vikas, V. (2022). Quantification
of landfill gas emissions and energy
production potential in Tirupati Municipal
solid waste disposal site by LandGEM
mathematical model. MethodsX, 9,
101869. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
mex.2022.101869
Rezaee, R., Nasseri, S., Mahvi, A. H.,
Jafari, A., Mazloomi, S., Gavami, A.,
& Yaghmaeian, K. (2014). Estimation
of gas emission released from a
municipal solid waste landfill site
through a modelling approach: A case
study, Sanandaj, Iran. J Adv Environ
Health Res, 2(1), 13–21. https://doi.
org/10.22102/jaehr.2014.40139
Rivera-Collazo, I. (2022). Environment,
climate and people: Exploring human
responses to climate change. Journal
of Anthropological Archaeology,
68(September), 101460. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.jaa.2022.101460
Saluja, S., Gaur, A., & Ahmad, K. (2020).
Physico-chemical characterization of
stabilized MSW of an Okhla landfill.
Materials Today: Proceedings,
xxxx. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
matpr.2020.10.546
Scarlat, N., Motola, V., Dallemand,
J. F., Monforti-Ferrario, F., & Mofor,
L. (2015). Evaluation of energy
potential of Municipal Solid Waste from
African urban areas. Renewable and
Sustainable Energy Reviews, 50(June),
1269–1286. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
rser.2015.05.067
Schneider, P., Lämmel, A., Schmitt, A.,
Nam, N. P., & Anh, L. H. (2017). Current
and future solid waste management
system in Northern Viet Nam with focus
on Ha Noi: climate change effects and
landfill management. Journal of Material
Cycles and Waste Management, 19(3),
1106–1116. https://doi.org/10.1007/
s10163-016-0551-7
Secretariat of the Pacific Regional
Environment Program (SPREP). (2009).
How will climate change affect the waste
sector? How does waste contribute to
climate change? https://www.sprep.
org/climate_change/PYCC/documents/
ccwaste.pdf
Sharholy, M., Ahmad, K., Mahmood, G.,
& Trivedi, R. C. (2008). Municipal solid
waste management in Indian cities - A
review. Waste Management, 28(2),
459–467. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
wasman.2007.02.008
Sharma, K. D., & Jain, S. (2019).
Overview of Municipal Solid Waste
Generation, Composition, and
Management in India. Journal of
Environmental Engineering, 145(3),
04018143. https://doi.org/10.1061/
(asce)ee.1943-7870.0001490
Singh, C. K., Kumar, A., & Roy, S. S.
(2018). Quantitative analysis of the
methane gas emissions from municipal
solid waste in India. Scientific Reports,
8(1), 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1038/
s41598-018-21326-9
Themelis, N. J., & Ulloa, P. A. (2007).
Methane generation in landfills.
Renewable Energy, 32(7), 1243–
1257. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
renene.2006.04.020
A - 287
 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

UNAP. (2022). Causes and Effects of
Climate Change | United Nations. https://
www.un.org/en/climatechange/science/
causes-effects-climate-change
US EPA. (2022). Climate Change and
Municipal Solid Waste Fact Sheet | Pay-
As-You-Throw.
USEPA. (2022a). Climate Change and
Municipal Solid Waste Fact Sheet | Pay-
As-You-Throw | USEPA. https://archive.
epa.gov/wastes/conserve/tools/payt/
web/html/factfin.html
USEPA. (2022b). Frequent Questions
about Landfill Gas | US EPA. https://
www.epa.gov/lmop/frequent-questions-
about-landfill-gas
Vaidya, P., Kumar, R., & Kantoji, P.
R. (2014). Status of municipal solid
waste management system in India.
International Journal of Environmental
Technology and Management, 17(2–4),
310–333. https://doi.org/10.1504/
IJETM.2014.061814
Victor, D. G. (1991). Limits of market-
based strategies for slowing global
warming: The case of tradeable permits.
Policy Sciences, 24(2), 199–222. https://
doi.org/10.1007/BF00138060
Vij, D. (2012). Urbanization and Solid
Waste Management in India: Present
Practices and Future Challenges.
Procedia - Social and Behavioral
Sciences, 37, 437–447. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2012.03.309
Wang, W. jing, & You, X. yi. (2021).
Benefits analysis of classification of
municipal solid waste based on system
dynamics. Journal of Cleaner Production,
279. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
jclepro.2020.123686
Yaman, C., Anil, I., & Alagha, O. (2020).
Potential for GHG reduction and energy
recovery from MSW through different
waste management technologies.
Journal of Cleaner Production, 264,
121432. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
jclepro.2020.121432
Yeşiller, N., Hanson, J. L., & Liu, W.-L.
(2005). Heat Generation in Municipal
Solid Waste Landfills. Journal of
Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental
Engineering, 131(11), 1330–1344.
https://doi.org/10.1061/(asce)1090-
0241(2005)131:11(1330)
Zhao, H. (2019). Master thesis -
Methane emissions from Landfills.
https://gwcouncil.org/wp-content/
uploads/2019/06/Methane-Emissions-
from-Landfills-Haokai-Zhao.pdf
Zohoori, M., & Ghani, A. (2017). Municipal
Solid Waste Management Challenges
and Problems for Cities in Low-Income
and Developing Countries. International
Journal of Science and Engineering
Applications, 6(2), 039–048. https://doi.
org/10.7753/ijsea0602.1002

Water and Energy International Journal

Submission of Technical Papers
To submit a paper for possible publication in the Water & Energy International Journal, please send the full version
of paper in max. 12 pages, together with artwork or photographs and a CV of each author, to the address shown
below.
The paper should define as clearly as possible the scope of the paper. In the case of a project description, please
include the current status, as many Interesting technical features as possible, and the companies involved in the
development of the project. In the case of a research paper, please describe clearly the aim of the research, and
possible (or actual) applications for the engineering profession.
Please notify us if the material has been used elsewhere. If you do not hold the copyright of all the material you are
submitting (including artwork) please check that the necessary permission has been obtained. The text will eventually
be required in Word format. Photographs should be sent as separate maximum quality JPG files, Diagrams should
be submitted as original (hard) copies, clearly annotated in English. Colour portrait photographs of each author will
be required for publication as well as short biographical details. We also need full contact details for the main author
(email, fax and telephone).
Material should be submitted to :
Mr. A.K. Dinkar, Secretary
Central Board of Irrigation & Power, CBIP Building, Malcha Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi 110 021
Phone: 91-11-26116567/26111294/26115984 Fax: 91-11-26116347 E-mail: batra@cbip.org; sunil@cbip.org

A - 287 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 21

w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

Management and Analysis of Flood Risks

for Dams in Iraq
Basma A.M. AL-Jawadi1

ABSTRACT
The study's goal was to conduct a step-by-step analysis of reservoir storage accumulation, which typically occurred as
quantities in and out of the terrain formation known as water reservoirs. Depending on the algebraic sum of the income
and missing water, the resulting water quantities can be negative or positive. The provided water is determined by the
water resources' inflow and rainfall rates, while the missing quantities of water are determined by the outflow rates and
implicating structure used for attempting to manag
evaporation rate. The terrain formation and countermines, as explained and analyzed in the study, determine the volume
of water stored and the elevation of the water's surface. The study takes the evaluate puddle of water
based and foravolume
derives of water quality contr
water-balanced
equation which can be used to improve the water storage control as well as dam management. The Mosul
transmit of runoff where reservoir
for floodinprevention [10
Iraq has been used as a case study for applying this same achievable equation, with GIS data supplying the courtliness
Storage tanks
of a reservoir area that was then processed by the Surfer program to identify the relationship must bestorage
between built involume
accordance with en
and storage elevation increment for each delta height of elevation. The study createdwella water balance
as to analysis
accurately usingthe
measure data
purity of water
from the area's outflow and inflow rates, as well as rainfall as well as evaporation rates.
building design concept for any given project. Rat
Keywords : Flood Risk, Dams Operation, Management of flood.
principles are intended to provide water resource
future characteristics [13].
1. INTRODUCTION during a hurricane, are a popular type of area if this occurs. A flood occurs when
Recreational opportunities including such implicating structure used for attempting water covers a normally dry area [16] [17]
to manage peak flow[8] [9]. Detainment .The vast majority of floods are caused by
fishing and boating are provided by dams 3. RESERVOIR CONSERVATION LEVEL
and water storage basins. They also lakes, which include a perpetual puddle of natural causes. A river, lake, or other body
reduce or prevent flooding, which reduces water for volume of water quality control Water
of wateris may
one of the most
overflow due potent forcesrain,
to heavy on the plane
or eliminates human insecurity. Dams as well as providing again for momentary melting snow, or dam failure. In contrast, a
manufacturing and transmit of runoff Water
large is capable
storm can dump of several
movinginches machinery
of rainand gener
store excess water flow in reservoirs and
then release it during periods of low flow where for flood prevention [10] [11], are on a region, flooding streets and homes
people and goods all over the world[14][15]. Huma
or when natural flows are insufficient to other components that are increasingly and causing waterways to overflow[18].
being used. Storage tanks must be built in and animals.
Some Water,
floods are on the
extremely other Ahand,
violent. has a tende
natural
meet demand [1]. When a dam designer
accordance with engineering standards in disaster is a flash flood. Floods typically
designs and maintains a dam, it is expected this occurs. A flood occurs when water covers a no
that they take into account all functions A order to provide quality and durability, as occur as a result of a heavy rainstorm or
dam's and a water storage facility's impact well as to accurately measure the purity of by natural
dam breach,causes.
and theyA occur
river, so lake, or other
quickly that body of
on the ecology of the areas where they water stored[12]. There may be more than the ground cannot absorb them. Floods are
one viable water storage building design failure. In because
dangerous contrast, there
a largeis storm can dump
little warning or several
are built distinguishes them [2][3]. The
environmental consequences of building concept for any given project. Rather than time for people
waterways to escape [19]Some
to overflow[18]. [20]. floods are extre
a dam and a reservoir in a specific region defining a specific design approach, the
aquifer design principles are intended to 4. METHODOLOGY
occur as a result of a heavy rainstorm or dam breac
are rarely welcomed and are frequently
provide water resource sufficiency, reliability, Floods are dangerous because there is little warning
rejected by the general public as well
and compatibility with fundamental and
4.1 Procedure of Analysis
as other protection of the environment
organizations [4]. The construction of a future characteristics [13]. 4.1 Procedure of Analysis
dam disrupts the lives of many aquatic By assuming the inflow rate per month as
4. METHODOLOGY
3. RESERVOIR
species, including fish, whose migration Q1, Q2, Q3, and Q12
inside the river is hampered. Furthermore, CONSERVATION LEVEL 4.1 Procedure of Analysis
impeding water flow alters the requisite Water is one of the most potent forces on The rainfall rate
By assuming the=inflow
R1, R2,
rateR3,R12
per month as Q1, Q2, Q
oxygen levels, exposing aquatic species to the planet. Water, when controlled, can The
The evaporation
rainfall rate =rate
R1,as E1,
R2, E2, E3, E12
R3,R12
hostile conditions [5] [6]. Improving a water help humans in a variety of ways. Water
The evaporation
The rate aschange
water volume E1, E2, E3, E12
equation
storage location, on the other hand, causes is capable of moving machinery and
people to be displaced from one location to generating energy. By transferring boats The water volume change equation became:
became:
another, disrupting social order and cultural and barges, it can transport people and ∆𝑆 = ∑12
𝑖=1(𝑄𝑖 + (𝑅𝑖 − 𝐸𝑖)𝐴)
customs in the process [7]. goods all over the world[14][15]. Humanity
would perish if there was no water to drink By
Byassuming
assuming linear variation of the
the inflow
inflow rate from
2. WATER STORAGE and sustain plants and animals. Water, on rate from Qi to Qi+1 the daily inflow
the other hand, has a tendency to get out can be adopted by the following:
'Dry amenities,' which release any runoff rate variation can be adopted by the
that has been temporarily retained of hand at times. A flood may occur in the following: 𝑄𝑖+1 − 𝑄𝑖
∆𝑄 =
𝑛���𝑒𝑟 �� 𝑑𝑎𝑦�
So that the inflow rate: 𝑄𝑖 (𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑑𝑎𝑦) = 𝑄𝑖 + ∆𝑄 ∗
1. Dams and Water Resources Research Center, University of Mosul, Mosul, Iraq,
Where n is the number of days at that month from 1

22 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 The out flow rate can be assigned A
as- a287
portion of the
𝑞𝑖+1
𝛼=
𝑄𝑖+1
 The evaporation rate as E1, E2, E3, E12
∆𝑆The
= ∑water
12 volume change equation became:
𝑖=1(𝑄𝑖 + (𝑅𝑖 − 𝐸𝑖)𝐴)
The water volume change equation became: 15 4924800 69336000
12 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)
By∆𝑆 = ∑
assuming linear
12𝑖=1 (𝑄𝑖 + (𝑅𝑖 − 𝐸𝑖
variation of )the
𝐴)inflow rate from Qi to Qi+1 the daily inflow rate variation
16 4968000 74304000
∑
∆𝑆 = 𝑖=1(𝑄𝑖 + (𝑅𝑖 − 𝐸𝑖)𝐴) 17 5011200 79315200
canBybeassuming
adopted bylinear
the following:
variation of the inflow rate from Qi to Qi+1 theinflow
daily inflow rate variation
By assuming linear variation of the inflow rate from Qi to Qi+1 the daily
Table 2 : the monthly inflow rate toward
rate variation
𝑄𝑖+1 − 𝑄𝑖 200.00
∆𝑄 can
can=bebeadopted
adopted bybythethe following:
following: the reservoir

∆S accumulative * 106
𝑛���𝑒𝑟 �� 𝑑𝑎𝑦� y = 0.216x2 - 0.216x - 3E-13
150.00
So that
So that the the inflow
𝑄𝑖+1
𝑄𝑖+1 − 𝑄−rate:
𝑄 𝑄𝑖 (𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑑𝑎𝑦) = 𝑄𝑖 +Month
𝑖 Q𝑖i (per ∆𝑄 ∗ 𝑛 Q (m3/s)
R² = 1
∆𝑄 ∆𝑄 ==inflow𝑛���𝑒𝑟
rate: day) = 100.00
�� �� 𝑑𝑎𝑦� 1
Qi + ∆Q
Where* n n𝑛���𝑒𝑟
is the number 𝑑𝑎𝑦�
of days at that month from 1 to last day480 50.00
WhereSo
So that
n that
is the
the
thenumberinflow
inflow of rate:
rate: 𝑄
𝑄𝑖 (𝑝𝑒𝑟
days
( 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑑𝑎𝑦 ) =
𝑑𝑎𝑦) = 𝑄𝑖 + 𝑖∆𝑄
at𝑖 that
𝑄 2 + ∗∆𝑄𝑛 ∗ 𝑛 620
The out flow rate can be assigned as a portion of3the inflow rate990 as following: 0.00
monthWhere
from
Where 1 to
n last
is theday number of days at that
n is the number of days at that month month from 1 to last day
4 from 1 to1520 last day 0 10 20 30 40
𝑞𝑖+1 -50.00
n
𝛼 =flow rate can be assigned as a
The out
The 𝑄out 𝑖+1 flow rate cancanbe be
assigned as aas
portion 5of theofinflow rate asrate
1210 following:
portion The
of theout flow
inflow raterate
as following: assigned a portion the inflow as following:
𝑞𝑖+1 =𝑞𝛼𝑖+1(𝑄𝑖 + ∆𝑄 ∗ 𝑛 ) 6 580 Fig. 1 : Polynomial fitting for the
𝛼𝛼== 𝑞𝑖+1 7 210 accumulative
4
storage of the study area
Area of𝑄𝑖+1 reservoir
𝑄 𝑖+1 can be obtained as: 8 110 along (t= 30 days, ∆Q= 5 m3/s)
𝑞𝑖+1 � 𝛼+(𝑄
=(Q + ∆𝑄 ∗ 𝑛 )
q =𝑖+1 =i 𝛼 (𝑄𝑖 + ∆𝑄 ∗ 𝑛 )
𝐴i+1𝑞 = α ∆Q𝑖 * n) 9 112
�2−�1
Area ofArea of reservoir can be obtained as: 50.00
reservoir can be obtained as: 10 102
Area of
� reservoir can be obtained as:

∆S accumulative * 106∆S accumulative * 106

𝐴= 11 290 0.00
� 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
𝐴 =�2−�1 12 2 410 -50.00
�2−�1
Where: V = volume of the storage area
5. RESULTS
-100.00

<L2 and L1 are the upper and the lower 2 -150.00

elevation of the earth segment of the 5.1 Analysis and Calculation
2
50.00
y = -0.216x2 + 0.216x + 3E-13
-200.00 R² = 1
reservoir respectively. n 0.00
Where: V = volume of the storage area <L2 and L1 are the upper and theThe
lowerwater
elevation balance equation
was divided
of the earth segment of the 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
The volume
reservoir can be function of elevation:
respectively. into two parts, the first relating to Figure
inflow -50.00
2: Polynomial fitting for the accumulative storage of the study area along (t= 30 days, ∆Q= -5 m3/s)
and outflow rates and the second Fig. 2 : Polynomial fitting for the
V= f (L) can be function of elevation:
The volume -100.00
accumulative storage of the∆Qstudy area
V= f (L) to weather conditions (rainfall and equations
-150.00
Q
�𝑎�� 𝑑𝑎𝑦 Y=0.216alongn2-0.216 n(t= 30 days, ∆Q= -5 5 m3/s) 100
∆𝑆 = ∑𝑖=1 (𝑄𝑖 + ∆𝑄 ∗ 𝑛 + (𝑅𝑖 − 𝐸𝑖)𝐴 − 𝛼(𝑄𝑖 + ∆𝑄 ∗ 𝑛 )) evaporation). These two parts, including Y=0.3888 n2-0.3888 n y = -0.216x + 0.216x
9 R² = 1
+ 3E-13
100
2

�𝑎�� 𝑑𝑎𝑦 -200.00

∆𝑆 = ∑𝑖=1 ((1 − 𝛼) (𝑄𝑖 + ∆𝑄 ∗ 𝑛) + (𝑅𝑖 − 𝐸𝑖) 𝐴) the linearization process, were analyzed Y=0.561 n2-0.561Tablen 4 : Fittingn equation 13 100

4.2 Level
4.2 Level VariationVariation
Analysis Analysis and calculated. Y=-0.261 n2 +0.261 n
Figure 2: PolynomialEquations
-5 100
∆Q(t= 30 days,
fitting for the accumulative storage of the study area along Q∆Q= -5 m3/s)
The variation of level of the water related to the occupied volume of the5.1.1 Firston Part
reservoir depend Analysis
the amount of volume Y=-0.3888 n2 +0.3888 n -9 100
The variation of level of the water related
that reach or missed from the original volume. The change of storage volume can be obtained from linearized Y=0.216 n -0.216 n
Y=-0.561 n2 +0.561 n 2
equations -13
∆Q 5 100 100
Q
to the occupied volume of the reservoir Table 3 : the storage accumulation Y=0.216 n2-0.216 n 2 Table 4: Fitting equation 5 100
equation. The analytical steps toward including the level of the water surface was explained as following: Y=0.3888 n -0.3888 n 9 100
depend on the amount of volume that magnitude when the inflow from 500 Y=0.3888 n2-0.3888 n 9 100
L1 = original surface level of reservoir Y=0.561 n -0.5610.8ny = 0.0442x - 0.0116
13 2
100
m3/s and ∆Q= 5 m3/s
2
reach or area
A1 = surface missed fromatthe
of the reservoir original
the level L1 volume. Y=0.561 n -0.561 n 13
R² = 0.9981
100
Y=-0.261 n2 +0.261 n 2
The
A = f(V)change
and L = f(V)ofwhere
storage volume
the new area and the newcan bebe a function
level can of the volume change Y=-0.261 n +0.261
0.6
n -5
-5
100 100

Li = c Vi + d where
n ∆Si ∆S accumulative 2 0.4
Y=-0.3888 n +0.3888 n -9 100
obtained fromc andlinearized
d are constants equation. The
Y=-0.3888 n +0.3888 n 0.2 2
-9 100
1 reservoir
The relationship of the Li and Vi can be obtained by using GIS analysis for the 4320000
area including the 4320000 Y=-0.561 n2 +0.561 n -13 100
a

0
analytical steps toward including the Y=-0.561 n +0.561 n
-15 -10 2 Table
-5 4:-0.2 0 equation5
Fitting 10 15
-13 100
topography of the terrains and any related conditions. 2 4363200 8683200
level of the water surface was explained -0.4
3
Table 1: the storage volume with respect to elevation 4406400 13089600 -0.6
asElevation
following:320 322 324 326 328 330 332 334 336 338 340 0.8 Qy = 0.0442x - 0.0116
4 4449600 17539200 0.6
R² = 0.9981
Relative
L1 = original 0surface
Volume (* 106
760 1520
level of2280 3040
reservoir 3800
5
4560
5320 6080
4492800
6740 7650
22032000 Figure 4: linearization
0.4of the intersection values
0.2
A1 =m3)surface area of the reservoir at the
2−0.0442 𝑛 ∆𝑄 + 0.0116 𝑛
6 4536000 26568000
a

0
For total change in the storage volume, the average inflow rate was added to the equation multiplied by the numbers
-15 -10 -5 -0.2 0 5 10 15
level L1 7 4579200 31147200of days, the equation became:
Table 2: the monthly inflow rate toward the reservoir -0.4

A = f(V)Month
and L = f(V) where the new area Q (m3/s) 8 4622400 357696002+0.0436 𝑛 ∆𝑄 − 0.0056 𝑛 + 𝑛 𝑄 -0.6
Q
The resultant of flow that obtained by the getting the difference between the inflow and outflow rates was assigne
and the new1 level can be a function of the 480
9 4665600 40435200by multiplying the factor (1-α), the factor can also multiplied by the new linear equation to be as following:
Figure 4: linearization of the intersection values
volume change 10 4708800 451440002+0.0436 𝑛 ∆𝑄 − 0.0056 Fig. 𝑛 +3 : linearization of the intersection
𝑛 𝑄]
2 620 2−0.0442 𝑛 ∆𝑄 + 0.0116 𝑛
11 4752000 49896000For total change in the storage volume,+ (𝑅𝑖
2+0.0436 𝑛 ∆𝑄 − 0.0056 𝑛 + 𝑛 𝑄] values
− 𝐸𝑖) Ainflow
Li = c Vi+d3 where c and d are constants 990
the average rate was added to the equation multiplied by the numbers
12 4795200 54691200of days, the equation became:
∆S = 0.0442 n ∆Q – 0.0116 n2 – 0.0442
2
The relationship
4 of the Li and Vi can be 1520
13 4838400 595296002+0.0436 𝑛 ∆𝑄 −n0.0056 𝑛+𝑛𝑄
obtained 5by using GIS analysis for the The resultant of flow ∆Q+0.0116 n the difference between the inflow and outflow rates was assigne
that obtained by the getting
1210
14 4881600 64411200by multiplying the factor (1-α), the factor can also multiplied by the new linear equation to be as following:
reservoir 6area including the topography 580 For total change in the storage volume,
15 4924800 693360002+0.0436 𝑛 ∆𝑄 − 0.0056 𝑛 + 𝑛 𝑄]
of the terrains and any related conditions. the average inflow rate was added to the
7 16
210 4968000 743040002+0.0436 𝑛 ∆𝑄 − 0.0056 𝑛 + 𝑛 𝑄] + (𝑅𝑖 − 𝐸𝑖) A
(Table 1) equation multiplied by the numbers of
8 17
110 5011200 79315200
days, the equation became:
9 112
10 102
11 290
Table 1 : the storage volume with respect to elevation
12 410
Elevation 320 322 324 326 328 330 332 334 336 338 340
Relative Volume (* 106 m3) 0 760 1520 2280 3040 3800 4560 5320 6080 6740 7650

A - 288 3 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 23

w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)
31 534894400 425635520 316376640 207117760

∆S = 0.0436 n2 ∆Q – 0.0056 n2 + 0.0436 ∆S = (1-α)[0.0436 n2 ∆Q – 0.0056 n2 + 600000000

n ∆Q-0.0056 n+n Q 0.0436 n ∆Q-0.0056 n + n Q] 500000000

400000000
The resultant of flow that obtained by ∆S = (1-α)[0.0436 n2 ∆Q - 0.0056 n2 + 300000000
Series1

∆S (m3)
the getting the difference between the 0.0436 n ∆Q-0.0056 n+n Q]+(Ri-Ei) A 200000000
Series2
Series3
inflow and outflow rates was assigned by 100000000
5.2 Mosul Reservoir (Analytical
Series4

multiplying the factor (1-α), the factor can 0

also multiplied by the new linear equation Procedure) -1E+08

0 5 10 15 20

Time (day)
25 30 35

to be as following: ∆S = (1-α)[0.0436 n2 ∆Q – 0.0056 n2 +

Fig. 4 : The calculated storage in
Figure 4: The calculated storage in December month (varied rate of change in inflow rate)

0.0436 n ∆Q – 0.0056 n+n Q]+(Ri-Ei) A

M December
Elevation in m month Elevation(varied
in m rate
Elevationof
in mchange Elevation in m
(Table 5) onth when q/Q=0.5
in inflow rate)
when q/Q=0.6 when q/Q=0.7 when q/Q=0.8
1 322 322 321 321
2 324 324 323 322

Table 5 : The calculated storage in December month (varied rate of4 change in inflow rate)
3 326 324 323 322
328 327 325 323
5 329 327 325 324
Day (m) Accumulated Accumulated Accumulated
6 326 325 Accumulated
323 322

∆S (m3) (q/Q=0.5) ∆S (m3) (q/Q=0.6) ∆S (m3) (q/Q=0.7)

7 322
∆S (m3) (q/Q=0.8)
322 321 321
8 321 320 320 320

1 6313003.22 2770402.576 -772198.07

9 320 320
-4314798.71
320 320
1 320 320 320 320

2 24039708.16 16951766.53 9863824.9

0 2775883.264
1 321 321 321 320
3 41789257.74 31151406.19 20513554.6
1 9875703.096
1 322 322 321 321
4 59570794.88 45376635.9 31182476.9
2 16988317.95
5 77393462.5 59634770 41876077.5
6. CONCLUSION 24117385
a. The factors that affected the hydrogeological system were assigned in the study, including the inflow rate Q
6 95266403.52 73933122.82 52599842.1
from available water sources toward the reservoir 31266561.41
rock and the outflow rate q from the reservoir toward the
downstream area. The other two variables were the rainfall data R and the evaporation rate E, which are
7 113198760.9 88279008.69 63359256.5 38439504.34
8 131199677.4 102679742 74159806.5 45639870.98
9 149278296.2 117142636.9 85006977.7 52871318.47
10 167443760 131675008 95906256 60137504
11 183302655.6 144362124.5 105421593 66481062.25
12 201267965.8 158734372.6 116200779 73667186.3
13 219317073.3 173173658.7 127030244 80886829.34
14 237459121.3 187687297 137915473 88143648.51
15 255703252.5 202282602 148861952 95441301
16 274058609.9 216966887.9 159875166 102783444
17 292534336.5 231747469.2 170960602 110173734.6
18 311139575 246631660 182123745 117615830
19 329883468.6 261626774.9 193370081 125113387.4
20 348775160 276740128 204705096 132670064
21 360037072 285749657.6 211462243 137174828.8
22 378545751.4 300556601.1 222567451 144578300.5
23 397199180.9 315479344.8 233759509 152039672.4
24 416006503.7 330525202.9 245043902 159562601.5
25 434976862.5 345701490 256426118 167150745
26 454119400.3 361015520.3 267911640 174807760.1
27 473443260.1 376474608 279505956 182537304
28 492957584.6 392086067.7 291214551 190343033.9
29 512671517 407857213.6 303042910 198228606.8
30 532594200 423795360 314996520 206197680
31 534894400 425635520 316376640 207117760

24 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 A - 288

 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

Month Elevation in m when Elevation in m when Elevation in m when Elevation in m when

q/Q=0.5 q/Q=0.6 q/Q=0.7 q/Q=0.8
322 322 321 321
324 324 323 322
326 324 323 322
328 327 325 323
329 327 325 324
326 325 323 322
322 322 321 321
321 320 320 320
320 320 320 320
1 320 320 320 320
1 321 321 321 320
2 322 322 321 321

6. CONCLUSION in promoting economic development 144–149, 2017, doi: 10.1016/J.

(a) The factors that affected the
hydrogeological system were
assigned in the study, including the
inflow rate Q from available water
sources toward the reservoir rock and
the outflow rate q from the reservoir
toward the downstream area. The
other two variables were the rainfall
data R and the evaporation rate
E, which are both affected by the
weather. The researchers created
an equation that represents the state
of a hydrological cycle over time
(days).
(b) The contour line behaviors were
processed using the Surfer program's
technique. The study calculated the
change in storage quantities and the
accumulated storage quantities over
each time period. The curved fitting
technique was used in the study to
simplify the equation and make it
easier to determine the magnitude
of the accumulated storage for each
month.
REFERENCES
[1] N. L. R. Poff and J. C. Schmidt,
“How dams can go with the flow,”
Science (80), vol. 353, no. 6304,
pp. 1099–1100, 2016, doi: 10.1126/
science.aah4926.
[2] H. Shi, J. Chen, S. Liu, and B.
Sivakumar, “The role of large dams
under the pressure of population
growth,” Sustain., vol. 11, no. 10,
pp. 1–14, 2019, doi: 10.3390/
su11102965.
[3] R. W. Herschy, “Dams and
reservoirs,” in Encyclopedia of
Earth Sciences Series, 2012, pp.
191–199. doi: 10.1007/978-1-4020-
4410-6_155.
[4] Y. M. Khir Alla and L. Liu, “Impacts
of Dams on the Environment: A
Review,” Int. J. Environ. Agric.
Biotechnol., vol. 6, no. 1, pp.
064–074, 2021, doi: 10.22161/
ijeab.61.9.
[5] C. Tortajada, “Dams: An Essential
Component of Development,” J.
Hydrol. Eng., vol. 20, no. 1, 2015,
doi: 10.1061/(asce)he.1943-
5584.0000919.
[6] H. A. Qari, I. Jomoah, and S.
Mambretti, “Flood management in
highly developed areas: problems
and proposed solutions,” J. Am.
Sci., vol. 10, no. 3, pp. 6–15, 2014.
[7] R. Sun et al., “Impacts of a flash
flood on drinking water quality:
Case study of areas most affected
by the 2012 Beijing flood,” Heliyon,
vol. 2, no. 2, 2016, doi: 10.1016/j.
heliyon.2016.e00071.
[8] F. Lempérière, “Dams and Floods,”
Engineering, vol. 3, no. 1, pp.
ENG.2017.01.018.
[9] N. Adamo, N. Al-Ansari, V.
Sissakian, J. Laue, and ..., “Dam
Safety: General Considerations,”
J. Earth …, vol. 10, no. January,
pp. 1–21, 2020, [Online]. Available:
https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/
record.jsf?pid=diva2:1443596
[10] H. Ruan, H. Chen, T. Wang, J. Chen,
and H. Li, “Modelling flood peak
discharge caused by overtopping
failure of a landslide dam,” Water
(Switzerland), vol. 13, no. 7, 2021,
doi: 10.3390/w13070921.
[11] D. De Wrachien, “Dam-break
Problems, Solutions and Case
Studies,” no. September, p. 334,
2009, [Online]. Available: https://
books.google.com/books?id=sI_
JCwAAQBAJ&pgis=1
[12] R. AWAL, H. NAKAGAWA, K.
KAWAIKE, Y. BABA, and H. ZHANG,
“Experimental Study on Piping
Failure of Natural Dam,” J. Japan
Soc. Civ. Eng. Ser. B1 (Hydraulic
Eng., vol. 67, no. 4, p. I_157-I_162,
2011, doi: 10.2208/jscejhe.67.i_157.
[13] X. Lin, G. Huang, G. Wang, D. Yan,
and X. Zhou, “Risk Assessment of
Dam-Breach Flood Under Extreme
Storm Events,” Front. Environ. Sci.,
vol. 9, no. October, pp. 1–15, 2021,
doi: 10.3389/fenvs.2021.742901.

A - 288 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 25

w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

[14] C. Cassardo and J. A. A. Jones,
“Managing water in a changing
world,” Water (Switzerland), vol.
3, no. 2, pp. 618–628, 2011, doi:
10.3390/w3020618.
[17] T. B. Ayalew, W. F. Krajewski, and
[15] E. Volpi, M. Di Lazzaro, M.
Bertola, A. Viglione, and A. Fiori,
“Reservoir Effects on Flood Peak
Discharge at the Catchment Scale,”
Water Resour. Res., vol. 54, no.
11, pp. 9623–9636, 2018, doi:
10.1029/2018WR023866.
[18] R. Ronalds, A. Rowlands, and
[16] M. A. Rather et al., “Identifying
the Potential Dam Sites to Avert
the Risk of Catastrophic Floods in
the Jhelum Basin, Kashmir, NW
Himalaya, India,” Remote Sens.,
vol. 14, no. 7, p. 1538, 2022, doi:
10.3390/rs14071538.
[19] F. S. Alrammahi, “Lecture Three
R. Mantilla, “Exploring the Effect
of Reservoir Storage on Peak
Discharge Frequency,” J. Hydrol.
Eng., vol. 18, no. 12, pp. 1697–
[20] A. H. Hussein and N. H. Al-Saati,
1708, 2013, doi: 10.1061/(asce)
he.1943-5584.0000721.
H. Zhang, “On-site stormwater
detention for Australian development
projects: Does it meet frequent
flow management objectives?,”
Water Sci. Eng., vol. 12, no. 1,
pp. 1–10, 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.
wse.2019.03.004.
/ Dams and Reservoirs / Slope
Stability of Embankments,”
no. April, 2020, doi: 10.13140/
RG.2.2.14700.51846.
“A Review of Optimization to the
Operation of a Complex Water
Resources System Based on
Certain Practical Assumptions and
Simplification,” J. Univ. Babylon
Eng. Sci., vol. 26, no. 9, pp. 15–25,
2018.

Water and Energy International Journal

Submission of Technical Papers
To submit a paper for possible publication in the Water & Energy International Journal, please send the full version
of paper in max. 12 pages, together with artwork or photographs and a CV of each author, to the address shown
below.
The paper should define as clearly as possible the scope of the paper. In the case of a project description, please
include the current status, as many Interesting technical features as possible, and the companies involved in the
development of the project. In the case of a research paper, please describe clearly the aim of the research, and
possible (or actual) applications for the engineering profession.
Please notify us if the material has been used elsewhere. If you do not hold the copyright of all the material you are
submitting (including artwork) please check that the necessary permission has been obtained. The text will eventually
be required in Word format. Photographs should be sent as separate maximum quality JPG files, Diagrams should
be submitted as original (hard) copies, clearly annotated in English. Colour portrait photographs of each author will
be required for publication as well as short biographical details. We also need full contact details for the main author
(email, fax and telephone).
Material should be submitted to :
Mr. A.K. Dinkar, Secretary
Central Board of Irrigation & Power, CBIP Building, Malcha Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi 110 021
Phone: 91-11-26116567/26111294/26115984 Fax: 91-11-26116347 E-mail: batra@cbip.org; sunil@cbip.org

26 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022


India the Global Champion in Energy Transition
Manoj Kumar Singh1, IAS
The Energy Transition is a pathway
toward transformation of the global energy
sector from fossil-based production and
consumption including oil, natural gas
and coal — to non fossil energy sources
like wind, solar, bio-energy and hydro etc.
The increasing penetration of electricity
into the energy supply mix of the economy,
greening of electricity, improvements in
energy efficiency and energy storage are
all key drivers of the Energy Transition.
In other words, Energy Transition can be
understood as decarbonisation of Energy
Sector as well as economic development
of country.
The Energy Transition is a crucial enabler
of sustainable development and climate
resilience. An energy revolution based
on renewables and energy efficiency is
urgently needed not just to accelerate
economic progress and development,
but also to slash emissions that are
rapidly warming our planet. The energy
sector as on today, dominated by fossil
fuels, accounts for over 70 per cent of
anthropogenic greenhouse gas emissions.
Global green house gas emissions must
be halved by 2030 to avoid an increasing
frequency and severity of dangerous
and unprecedented weather extremes,
including heat waves, devastating floods
and droughts, risks to food and water
security, population displacement, and
loss of lives and livelihoods. Energy
Transition is the best route for fulfillment
of Sustainable Development Goal 7
(SDG 7) one of 17 SDG’s established by
the United Nations General Assembly in
2015.
India is steadily decarbonizing its
economy by promoting renewable energy,
electrifying transportation systems and
1. Private Secretary to Minister of Power & New and Renewable Energy, Govt. of India
A - 289
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
ensuring energy efficiency in various
energy intensive sectors. Metrics suggest
that it is one of the few nations and the only
large economy whose climate actions are
on track to meet the 2°C limit set out in
international agreements. Reaching the
2°C limit is a great start.
In last eight years India’s Renewable
Energy capacity addition flabbergasted
not only its peer economies but also the
international energy fraternity. From mere
2.6 GW of solar in 2014 India installed
solar plant capacity climbed to whopping
61.97 GW by Nov. 2022. The total non-
fossil Energy installation till November
2022 is more than 173 GW which is
well above 42 percent of total installed
capacity. Underpinned by robust policy
support and proactive measures India
fulfilled one of its NDC commitments of
installed capacity from non-fossil sources,
9 years ahead of the target year of 2030.
Now we have upped our commitment in
COP-26 to achieve 50 % capacity from
non fossil sources.
We have not limited our climate actions
to capacity addition only, we have taken
various measures to promote energy
efficiency and emerged as global leader
in this sphere. Owing to various energy
efficiency measures by the government,
India achieved monetary saving worth
Rs. 153100 crores along with thermal
energy savings of 21.42 Mtoe and
241.11 BUs of Electrical Energy. These
schemes averted emission of approx.
270 Mt of CO2 annually. India committed
to reduce emission intensity of its GDP
by 33-35 % from 2005 level by 2030. As
per estimates, we have already achieved
around 30%. So we have upped our
target here as well. Now we have
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
pledged to reduce emission intensity
by 45% by 2030. India has also greatly
enhanced its power transmission and
distribution infrastructure to ensure round
the clock power availability to the last
house within its geographical boundaries.
India electrified over 28 million houses
under SAUBHAGYA schemes in just
about 19 months and this was termed
as “the greatest achievements in the
history of energy” by the International
Energy Agency. The work in distribution
sector has led to reduction of kerosene
consumption from FY 14-15 to FY 20-21
by more than 77 percent.
Efforts of Indian government to increase
renewable footprint in energy sector is
now visible globally. Recently the global
energy think tank “EMBER” reported that
India saved around $4.2 billion in fuel
cost and also avoided need for additional
19.4 million tonnes of coal to meet the
country’s power demand due to solar
generation in first half of 2022. As per
Climate Change Performance Index 2023
our country has been ranked amongst top
5 best performing countries on climate
change and best among G-20 countries.
We are consistently outperforming
other countries in Renewable Energy
attractiveness. We are consistently best
performer among other countries in
Bloomberg Climatescope. In solar total
installed capacity, we are continuously
filling the gap between us and Germany
which now-a-days enjoys fourth largest
solar power capacity in world and we
are not far behind. In last 8 years our
electricity generation from RE excluding
hydro is more than doubled and now we
are on path to meet our increased energy
capacity requirements of 50% from
renewable.
27
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
In India Energy Transition is also being
boosted by diverse sources of clean
energy technologies such as Electric
Vehicles, Bioenergy, Energy Storage
and Green Hydrogen and striving for
diverse energy basket. Underpinned by
slew of measures to promote Electric
vehicle such as Faster Adoption and
Manufacturing of Electric Vehicles
(FAME) - I & II, Consolidated Guidelines
for Charging Infrastructure for Electric
Vehicles and Production linked Incentives
(PLI) for Advanced Chemistry Cell (ACC)
Battery storage have resulted in their
sales growing exponentially, breaking all
previous ceilings. In Ethanol Blending,
India has already achieved 10% blending
under the program in June 2022, ahead
of the targeted timelines of November,
2022. This achievement in the course
of last 8 years has not only augmented
India’s energy security but also translated
into a forex impact of over Rs.41,500
crores & reduced GHG emissions of
27 lakh MT. India has moved up the
deadline for blending 20% ethanol into
gasoline by five years, to 2025. Currently,
the new perspective in policy circles in
India is that bioenergy as a competitive
energy resource, which can be tapped
through suitable policy design which we
are aggressively implementing. Now,
we have introduced Energy Storage
Obligation which will acts as tailwinds for
installation of Storage projects.
Hon’ble Prime Minister launched National
Hydrogen Mission on India’s 75th
Independence Day (i.e.15 August 2021).
The mission aims to aid the government in
meeting climate targets and making India
a green hydrogen hub. In Feb. 2022 we
notified enabling policy measures which
promotes green hydrogen production.
Basic technology changes and rapid
reductions in technology costs are
28 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
providing an impetus to the foundation
laid down a robust policy ecosystem for
Energy Transitions in India. This process
is supported by market-driven growth
of renewable energy installations and
increased focus on energy efficiency,
including in end-use sectors like industry,
agriculture, buildings, appliances,
transport and policy support such as 100
% FDI, open and transparent bidding
system, free ISTS charges for RE power,
Dispute Resolution Mechansim, PLI
Schemes to promote manufacturing,
Green Open access, Amendments in
Energy Conservation act which paves
the way for National Carbon Market,
sacrosanct long term PPA’s along with
other policies. Increased penetration of
digital technology solutions will provide
new opportunities for integrating supply
and demand, thereby accelerating the
shift towards electrification in other
sectors as well.
The world is currently witnessing an
Energy revolution and being the largest
democracy in the world we are ready to
spearhead the world in this revolution.
During COP-27 at Sharm-el-Sheikh we
submitted our Long Term Low Emission
and Development Strategies (LTLEDS)
in which we provided how to achieve
we achieved our long term low emission
goals despite of the fact that we have
low historical contribution to GHG global
stock and our per capita GHG emission is
around 1/3 rd of the global average. This
becomes even more significant when we
see that we are a developing country who
is rapidly growing and thus needs more &
more energy to grow.
Energy Transition must be a planet we have got for mankind and it
transformational effort, a complete system
overhaul, based on the rapid upscaling
and implementation of all available
technologies to innovate for the future. A
transformation of the energy sector offers
opportunities for sustained economic
development, social inclusion, energy
security, improved health, job creation,
and other societal benefits. Energy
Transition is not only the antidote for the
global fight against the climate change
but also needed for energy security
especially for developing countries and
least developing countries which are
consistently putting efforts to cater their
increased power demand.
But this current upheaval of Energy
Transition has underlying obstacles
which the world has to deal with. The
main challenges associated are huge
requirement of capital expenditure for
greener economy and non co-operation
from developed countries in climate
financing, concentration of supply chain
resources along with technologies for
low carbon technologies/mitigation
technologies to few countries, tackling
the variability of RE generations and low
transnational cooperation. The sooner
the world steps in to counter the above
challenges the sooner we will be on track
to limit the global temperature rise to
1.50C and it needs serious commitments
along with clear goals from every
countries/corporations/international
agencies/individuals because it is the
responsibility of all of us and not limited
to few countries. We have already
proposed at COP 26, LIFE i.e. Lifestyle
For Environment, the concept of LIFE is
to live a lifestyle that is in concert with our
planet and does not harm it. Going ahead
this should be mantra for all countries to
follow. Let’s not forget that this is the only
is the collective responsibility of all the
countries to protect it. As we have seen
in the foregoing paras that if India can do
it so can every other country.
A - 289
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Implementation of Automatic Excitation Initiator Circuit using

Microcontroller based PLC for Standalone Induction Generator
Basharat Ahmad1, Garima Goswami1 and M. Faisal Khan2

Abstract
As per observation most of single phase or multiphase standalone induction generators are unable to self-excite. The
no-load terminal voltage of low power Standalone single phase induction generators at rated speed is in the range of 2
to 5 volts RMS in unexcited mode due to low residual magnetic field of machine core. The residual magnetic field in the
core of such machines does not remain enough at turn off so that the machine can self-excite at next starting of machine.
The capacitors connected across main winding of single phase induction machine do not support self- excitation process
because capacitors fully discharge across the winding resistance of machine. Generally pre charged capacitors are
connected across the machine while rotating the shaft of machine to excite the machine and to achieve rated terminal
voltage. This process is manual and needs a personal effort to establish excitation process. The process of excitation can
be automated with the help of an electronic circuitry to omit the personal efforts and to make the machine operation fast.
In this paper an electronic circuitry based on programmable logic controller is elaborated which automates the process of
automation of machine excitation. This paper also covers circuitry of OPAMP based voltage sensor which sends terminal
voltage signal of induction generator to Programmable Logic Controller to take appropriate switching action to push
induction machine into self-excited state.
Keywords : SEIG, Microcontroller, Programmable Logic Controller, Voltage Buildup.

I. INTRODUCTION trigger a phenomenon of self-excitation. If connecting it across the machine winding

Due to low cost, ruggedness and low
maintenance of the induction machine,
the induction motors are used as induction
generators for energy conversion purpose
in wind and hydro-energy conversion
systems [1]. Induction generators face
failure in voltage buildup due to low
residual magnetic flux of core or high field
winding resistance [2].
It needs sufficient residual magnetic flux
in machine core which supports voltage
buildup or a pre-charged minimum
excitation capacitor across main winding
of a machine to excite a single phase
and multi-phase induction generators.
In majority of the machines the value of
residual magnetic flux in core does not
meet the requirements for self -excitation
and machine only generates a negligible
value of terminal voltage which produces
a magnetic field which is not sufficient
for self-excitation or generated magnetic
field opposes the residual magnetic field
of the machine and destroys residual
magnetic field [3]. The value of terminal
voltage in such condition is not sufficient
so that a minimum amount of excitation
current can flow in the winding that can
induction machine is unable to self-excite
even if the minimum required self- excited
is available across the main winding of
the machine, then connecting a pre-
charged minimum required capacitance
across main winding of the machine
triggers excitation and rated value of the
RMS voltage is obtained across induction
generator winding terminals [3]. For
process of excitation we need to connect
a charged capacitance across machine
winding by hand. Initially a capacitor is
connected across 230Volt RMS supply
to charge it and then it is transferred
or connected across main winding of
machine to start process of excitation.
The capacitor is connected across the
machine terminals only if the rotor of
the machine is rotating. Connecting
a pre-charged capacitance across a
winding of a machine whose rotor is at
standstill only discharges a capacitor and
does not help in process of initiation of
machine excitation [4]. The transfer of
charged capacitor from charging source
to the machine main winding is manual
operation and is done repeatedly to start
excitation process. The automation of the
process of charging a capacitor and then
can omit human involvement required in
the process of machine excitation and
also it can significantly reduce starting
time of the machine [5].
An output voltage of induction generator
has variable frequency. A control of this
type of voltage signal requires variable
frequency voltage measurement device
which can measure peak or RMS value
of voltage irrespective of the frequency
of the signal [6]. Programmable Logic
Controllers are not capable of measuring
variable frequency voltage signals but
can only measure a DC voltage Signal [7].
To monitor a terminal voltage of induction
generator with the help of PLC, a variable
frequency voltage signal magnitude
should be converted into proportional DC
signal. This operation of AC to DC peak
voltage conversion can be done with the
help of an operational amplifier based
peak detector circuit. A proportional peak
voltage dc signal is send to PLC and a
program developed in ladder logic is
executed to initiate appropriate switching
action [8]. An output of Programmable
Logic Controller is given to static relay
to connect standby inverter terminals to
machine terminals.

1. Department of Electrical Engineering, Teerthanker Mahaveer University, Moradabad, India

2. Electrical Engineering Section, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, India

A - 290 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 29

 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

II. BLOCK DIAGRAM an output of the induction generator directly depends on the frequency. The
AND THEORY OF THE has variable frequency and generally inductance and capacitance less voltage
PROPOSED SYSTEM available transformers are designed for step-down system is needed so that
single frequency 50 HZ or 60 HZ. frequency variation of signal may put
As shown in the block diagram below
negligible impact on magnitude of the
Fig.1, the system contains inverter, III. DESIGN AND output signal which is to be forwarded to
voltage measurement Circuit, charging IMPLEMENTATION OF controller circuit for measurement. Hence
circuit, induction motor, static relay, VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT the resistive network is used for stepping
battery and a controller.
CIRCUIT down the terminal voltage of machine
All the blocks of the system work II. ofBtransformer
The use LOCK DIAGRAM ANDdown
in stepping because
THEORY OF THE value of resistance
PROPOSED SYSTEM III. DESIG
remains
simultaneously to generate a signal which the output voltage of induction machine unaltered by frequency variations. TheMEASUR
turns ON static relay for specific amount creates error in the measurement of voltage circuit diagram of a voltage measurement
of time period. The voltage measurement due to As shown
deviation in output
of the the block diagram
frequency below
circuit Fig.1,
is shown belowthe system
in Fig. 2.
circuit is main part of the whole system as of machine contains inverter, voltage
inducedmeasurement Circuit, charging
from 50Hz because The above circuit diagram is developedThe use
it measures terminal voltage of induction electro motive force in the transformer
generator and sends a proportional primary
circuit, induction motor, static relay, inbattery
and simulated and software.
circuit maker a of indu
and
controller. secondary windings The circuit contains full wave bridgevoltage
voltage signal to controller to generate a
switching signal. At remote locations due from 50
OCK DIAGRAM AND THEORY OF THE PROPOSED SYSTEM
to unavailability of AC power supply the III. DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF VOLTAGE transfor
use of inverter-battery system becomes MEASUREMENT CIRCUIT depends
inevitable. When a shaft of most of the
own in induction
the blockgenerators
diagram rotate
belowaboveFig.1,critical
the system less vol
ns inverter, voltage measurement Circuit,
speed, only few volts are obtained across charging The use of transformer in stepping down the output voltage variatio
t, induction
the mainmotor, staticterminals
winding relay, (Minimum
battery and a of induction machine creates error in the measurement of of the o
oller. Excitation Capacitance Connected voltage due to deviation of the output frequency of machine circuit f
Cmin) in unexcited condition due to from 50Hz because induced electro motive force in the
for step
less residual magnetic flux of core and transformer primary and secondary windings directly
depends on the frequency. The inductance and capacitance value
negligible charge on capacitance Cmin.
When a controller receives a low voltage less voltage step-down system is needed so that frequency variatio
signal from voltage measurement circuit, variation of signal may put negligible impact on magnitude circuit i
it generates a switching signal for static of the output signal which is to be forwarded to controller
relay and connects inverter terminals circuit for measurement. Hence the resistive network is used
across induction generator main winding for stepping down the terminal voltage of machine because
terminals for short period of time to value of resistance remains unaltered by frequency
charge the capacitor and to kick start the variations. The circuit diagram of a voltage measurement
excitation phenomena. Once excitation circuit is shown below in Fig. 2.
state of the machine is achieved, the rated Fig.1.Fig. 1 : Block
Block Diagram
Diagram ofofExcitation
Excitation Initiator System
Initiator System.
voltage appears across the terminals of
the machine. In this condition, the voltage
measurement circuit sends a proportional
All the blocks of the system work simultaneously to
rated high voltage signal to controller generate a signal which turns ON static relay for specific
and controller takes a decision and turns amount of time period. The voltage measurement circuit is
g.1. Block
OFF Diagram of Excitation
static relay Initiator
to disconnect System.
inverter main part of the whole system as it measures terminal
from induction machine terminals. A
he blocks
voltage of induction generator and sends a proportional
highofmachine
the system
terminalworkvoltagesimultaneously
forces the to
ate a signal whichtoturns
controller keep ON staticrelay
the static relayin for
OFFspecific
voltage signal to controller to generate a switching signal.
nt of time period. The
condition. Thevoltage
voltagemeasurement
measurement circuit is At remote locations due to unavailability of AC power
part of the whole system as it measures terminal supply the use of inverter-battery system becomes
circuit that is used for measurement of
voltage isgenerator
e of induction designed and to measure proportional inevitable. When a shaft of most of the induction generators
sends avariable
e signal to controller to generateoutput
frequency voltage as the voltage signal. rotate above critical speed, only few volts are obtained
a switching
of the induction
mote locations machine is of variable
due to unavailability of AC power across the main winding terminals (Minimum Excitation
frequency [9]-[12].
y the use of inverter-battery An invertersystem
connected becomes
in the system Capacitance Connected Cmin) in unexcited condition due to
able. When a shaft of may
mostbe of used to supply generators
the induction the Fig.2. C
load in such a condition when mechanical
above critical speed, only few volts are obtained less residual magnetic flux of core and negligible charge on
the main winding terminals (Minimum Excitation capacitance Cmin. When a controller receives a low voltage
power input to the induction generator is
absent. A transformer less charging circuit The abo
itance Connected Cmin) in unexcited condition due to signal from voltage measurement circuit, it generates a circuit m
is used to charge the battery because Fig.2.Fig.
Circuit Diagram of Voltage Measurement Circuit.
2 : Circuit Diagram of Voltage Measurement Circuit.
esidual magnetic flux of core and negligible charge on switching signal for static relay and connects inverter
itance Cmin. When a controller receives a low voltage terminals across induction generator main winding terminals
rectifier
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022The above circuit diagram is developed and simulated in
30 voltage A - 290 divider
from measurement circuit, it generates a for short period of time to charge the capacitor and to kick
circuit maker software. The circuit contains full wave bridge attenuat
hing signal for static relay and connects inverter start the excitation phenomena. Once excitation state of the
rectifier implemented using IN4007 diodes feeding voltage
nals across induction generator main winding terminals attenuat
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

rectifier implemented using IN4007 diodes

feeding voltage divider network R1 and
R2. The voltage across R2 is attenuated
voltage proportional to supply voltage V1.
The attenuated voltage across R2 is fed
to non-inverting amplifier implemented
using IC LM741. The above circuit stores
proportional peak value of voltage signal
in capacitor C1. If only capacitance
without OPAMP LM741 is used to store
the peak value of signal, it is impossible
for capacitance to achieve new peak
value on decrease in magnitude of the Fig.4. Variation o
input voltage signal when capacitance Voltage.
is fed through a single diode because
capacitor will remain charged at previous A DC output vol
peak value and will not get discharged to of peak or RMS
attain new decreased peak value due to 0 to 5 Volt s
unavailability of the discharge path. The microprocessor
circuit has an advantage that it provides analysis or decisi
discharge as well as charging path The circuit can
for capacitor C1 to attain proportional the components
peak values of input voltage for both low in cost. Onl
increase and decrease in peak value of needs two batte
input supply voltage. An output of circuit power supply esp
is smooth DC voltage signal between IC741.
values of 0-5 V. The simulation waveform The Fig. 5 below
of input and output of the above circuit is voltage measurem
shown below in Fig. 3. Fig. 3. Simulation waveforms of input and output of
Fig. 3 : Simulation waveforms of input and output of voltage measurement circuit.
voltage measurement circuit.
Table 1 : Proportional DC output for RMS input Voltage
A DC output voltage of the circuit can be
S. No. RMS Voltage Input to Voltage S.No.
DC Output RMS
Voltage Voltage Input to
of Voltage DC Output
calibrated in termsVoltage
of peakofor RMS values
Measurement Circuit. (Volts) Voltage
Measurement Circuit. Measurement
(Volts) Voltage
of input voltage.Measurement
An advantage with 0 to 5
Circuit.(Volts) Circuit.
Volt signal is (Volts)
that it can be easily fed to
1. 1 0.01
1. 1 microprocessor 0.01or microcontroller based
2. 10 2. 0.2 10 0.2 or decision making.
systems for analysis
3. 20 3. 0.4 20 0.4
The circuit can be easily implemented
4. 30 0.6
4. 30 practically because the components
5. 0.6 40 0.8
5. 40 used in the circuit are easily available
6. 0.8 50 1.0
and low in cost. Only one disadvantage
6. 50 7. 1.0 60 1.2
of the circuit is that it needs two batteries
8 70 1.4
7. 60 to work due to requirement of dual
9. 1.2 80 1.6
power supply especially used to power
8 70 10. 1.4 90 1.8
operational amplifier IC741.
9. 80 11. 1.6 100 2.0 Fig.5. Circuit o
12. 110 The Fig. 5 below 2.2 shows practically
10. 90 1.8 Circuit.
implemented circuit for voltage
11. 100 Table.1. measurement.
2.0 Proportional DC output for RMS input Voltage. A practically im
12. 110 2.2 A practically implemented circuit aboveasis implem
Simulation results from Fig.3 shown
shows that forFig.5
in the peakabove
voltageis of quarter watt res
implemented
Simulation results from Fig.3 shows that output voltage 325 voltsobtained
values the circuitagainst
produceswith
a DCtheoutput
helpofof4.6 volts.IN4007,
diode For capacitor.
quarter A bias
less values of input
givenvoltage
to the thewatt
circuit produces less value of of two
for peak voltage of 325 volts the circuit each AC input voltage value resistances, OPAMP 741 IC and9Volt batt
produces a DC output of 4.6 volts. For DC output
circuit. The graphical voltage. A table
representation below shows equivalent DC
of electrolytic The practical re
capacitor. A bias supply to this
output voltage values to obtained against each AC input
less values of input voltage the circuit variation in output voltage with respect circuit is given with the help of two 9Volt with th
obtained
produces less value of DC output voltage. input voltage is voltage
also shownvalue given
in Fig. 4. to the circuit. The graphical The waveforms o
representation of variation in batteries.
output voltage with respect to are shown in the
A table below shows equivalent DC
input voltage is also shown in Fig. 4.

A - 290 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 31

 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Fig.4. Variation of DC output voltage with AC input

Voltage. value of AC signal and saves that value
in capacitor in the form of electric charge.
A capacitor retains a peak value of
A DC output voltage of the circuit can be calibrated in terms
previous peak until a value of new peak is
of peak or RMS values of input voltage. An advantage with obtained. Retention of capacitor voltage
0 to 5 Volt signal is that it can be easily fed to is achieved with the help of Operational
microprocessor or microcontroller based systems for Amplifier IC741. An advantage of this
analysis or decision making. circuit is that a capacitor attains new
The circuit can be easily implemented practically because peak value weather it is higher or lower
the components used in the circuit are easily available and than the previous value and makes it
low in cost. Only one disadvantage of the circuit is that it available until next cycle peak. Hence a
needs two batteries to work due to requirement of dual flat waveform is obtained at an output of
power supply especially used to power operational amplifier the voltage measurement circuit or across
the capacitor. A dc voltage obtained
IC741.
across the capacitor may be calibrated
The Fig. 5 below shows practically implemented circuit for in terms of AC input voltage given to the
voltage
Fig.4. Fig.
measurement.
Variation of DC
4 : Variation output
of DC voltagewithwith
output voltage ACVoltage.
AC input input voltage measurement circuit. The output
ut of Voltage. voltage of the capacitor is suitable for
feeding to microcontroller based circuits
and may be directly fed to the analog to
A DC output voltage of the circuit can be calibrated in terms digital converter of the PLC for analysis
of peak or RMS values of input voltage. An advantage with or control signal generation.
Voltage of
asurement
0 to 5 Volt signal is that it can be easily fed to IV. HARDWARE DETAILS OF
lts) microprocessor or microcontroller based systems for THE PROPOSED SYSTEM
01 analysis or decision making. Hardware of the whole system consists of
.2 The circuit can be easily implemented practically because battery-inverter set, one induction motor
.4 the components used in the circuit are easily available and coupled with induction generator, voltage
.6 low in cost. Only one disadvantage of the circuit is that it measurement circuit, microcontroller
based PLC and a static relay. The
.8 needs two batteries to work due to requirement of dual subsystems shown in the Fig. 7 are as
.0 power supply especially used to power operational amplifier follows.
.2 IC741. 1. Static Relay.
.4 The Fig. 5 below shows practically implemented circuit for 2. Voltage Measurement Circuit.
.6 voltage measurement.
3. Microcontroller Based PLC.
.8
.0 Fig. 5 : Circuit of OPAMP based Voltage Measurement Circuit. 4. Induction Motor as Prime Mover.
Fig.5. Circuit of OPAMP based Voltage Measurement
.2 The Circuit. results of voltage
practical
measurement circuit are obtained with the
Voltage.help of USB A digital storageimplemented
practically Oscilloscope. circuit as shown in the Fig.5
age of The waveforms of the input and output
ement above is implemented with the help of diode IN4007,
ak voltagesignals
of ofquarter
the circuit are shown in the
watt resistances, OPAMP 741 IC and electrolytic
figure
.6 volts. For below.
capacitor. A bias supply to this circuit is given with the help
less value
Theof waveforms
of two shown on Fig. 6 show
9Volt batteries.
uivalent that
DCwhenThe the circuit is given an input of
practical results of voltage measurement circuit are
h AC input325 peak to peak AC voltage, an output
obtained with the help of USB digital storage Oscilloscope.
of around 4.64 Volt DC is obtained. The
e graphical The waveforms
practical results of the circuitof
arethe input
same as and output signals of the circuit
th respect to are shown in the
that of the simulated results. figure below.
A. Working Principle of Voltage
Measurement Circuit.
A simulated and practically implemented Fig.7
voltage measurement circuit is a full
wave converter and a peak voltage
Fig.6. Response of Voltage Measurement Circuit. V. OUTPUT
detector circuit which detects a peak Fig. 6 : Response of Voltage Measurement Circuit
The minim
Fig.5. Circuit of OPAMP based Voltage Measurement
The waveforms shown on Fig. 6 show that when the circuit across mai
32 Circuit.
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December is given an input of 325 peak to peak AC voltage, an output A - 290
2022
excitation
of around 4.64 Volt DC is obtained. The practical results of generator i
age. the circuit are same as that of the simulated results.
A practically implemented circuit as shown in the Fig.5 voltage is
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

5. Induction Motor as Induction An unexcited but running standalone whether it is excited or unexcited can be
Generator. induction generator can be fully excited fed to PLC through voltage measurement
6. Excitation Capacitances. by connecting a charged capacitor circuit and Analog to Digital Converter.
across it, but to charge a capacitor and A PLC may be programmed to detect
7. HANTEK USB Oscilloscope.
then connecting it across induction status of the machine and for the
8. Inverter and Charging Circuit. generator terminals is a tedious task and automatic generation of control signal
9. Battery. needs regular manual human efforts. to connect and disconnect inverter from
Another method to excite the machine machine terminals for automatic induction
V. OUTPUT VOLTAGES OF is to connect inverter across induction generator excitation.
INDUCTION GENERATOR generator terminals for short time
The minimum excitation capacitance is period and then disconnecting it after VI. CAPACITOR DISCHARGE
always connected across main winding machine gains excitation. The process of RATE IN VOLTAGE
terminals of induction generator for connecting an inverter before excitation MEASUREMENT CIRCUIT.
Fig.7. Hardware of Excitation Initiator System.
and then disconnecting an inverter after If mechanical power input to induction
excitation purpose. When the shaft of the
induction generator is rotated at rated excitation can be done automatically with generator is lost or the speed of shaft
speed, the required terminal voltage is the help of PLC. The status of machine of induction generator becomes zero,
Response V. OUTPUT VOLTAGES OF INDUCTION GENERATOR
notof Voltage
achieved Measurement
in maximum of the Circuit.
induction
generators because of the absence The minimum excitation capacitance is always connected
rms shown
of the on excitation
Fig. 6 show due that whenresidual
to less the circuit across main winding terminals of induction generator for
input of 325 peak to peak AC voltage, an
magnetic flux of machine core or output
due excitation purpose. When the shaft of the induction
to full discharge of machine excitation
.64 Volt DC is obtained. The practical results of generator is rotated at rated speed, the required terminal
re same capacitance.
as that of theThe residual magnetic
simulated results. flux voltage is not achieved in maximum of the induction
retention depends on the age of the
Principle of Voltage
machine Measurement
and characteristics of Circuit.
the core generators because of the absence of the excitation due to
material. To make hardware changes in less residual magnetic flux of machine core or due to full
ed andinductionpractically implemented voltage
machine core is a tedious task discharge of machine excitation capacitance. The residual
nt circuitbutiscapacitance
a full waveof theconverter
machine can and a peak
easily magnetic flux retention depends on the age of the machine
ector circuit which detects
be charged for buildupa peak value of AC
of excitation. and characteristics of the core material. To make hardware
saves that
Fig. value
7 shows in capacitor
response ofin unexcited
the form of changes in induction machine core is a tedious task but
rge. A capacitor retains a peak value ofrated
induction generator running at previous capacitance of the machine can easily be charged for
a value speed.
of newThepeak parameters of the induction
is obtained. Retention of buildup of excitation. Fig.7 below shows response of
oltage ismotor used as induction generator are
achieved with the help of Operational unexcited induction generator running at rated speed. The
Rated Voltage = 230V, Frequency=50
C741. An advantage
Hz, rated speed = of2880
this rpm
circuit is that a
and rated parameters of the induction motor used as induction
tains new peak
power= 0.5 HP.value weather it is higher or generator are Rated Voltage = 230V, Frequency=50 Hz,
the previous value and makes it available until
In Fig. 8, the data of channel one of rated speed = 2880 rpm and rated power= 0.5 HP.
peak. Hence a flat inwaveform
oscilloscope blue color is obtained
shows outputat an Fig.7. Fig.
Hardware of Excitation
7 : Hardware Initiator
of Excitation Initiator System.
System
he voltage measurement
voltage circuit or
generated by induction across the
generator
A dc voltage obtained state
in unexcited acrosswhile
the capacitor
shaft of themay be
onse
n termsof of
Voltage
AC input
machine Measurement
is voltage given
running at ratedCircuit.
to the voltage
speed. The V. OUTPUT VOLTAGES OF INDUCTION GENERATOR
data
nt circuit. Theshows
output that a 230Volts
voltage of theinduction
capacitor is
machine generates only 4.56 Volts AC The minimum excitation capacitance is always connected
feeding
hown onRMSto
Fig.microcontroller
6 show that basedthe
when circuits
circuitand across main winding terminals of induction generator for
voltage due to absence of excitation
ctly fed
of 325 peakto the analog
to peak
outputACto digital converter
of thevoltage,
induction an of the
output
and when machine excitation purpose. When the shaft of the induction
lysis or
olt DC is control
is obtained.signal
fed to theThe generation.
practical
voltage results of
measurement
generator is rotated at rated speed, the required terminal
circuit the output of designed voltage
me as that of the simulated results. voltage is not achieved in maximum of the induction
measurement circuit (in red Color) is
RE DETAILS
ciple of 125mV OF DC
Voltage THEforPROPOSED SYSTEM
4.56 Volts AC
Measurement RMS output
Circuit. generators because of the absence of the excitation due to
of induction machine. It means that a 80 less residual magnetic flux of machine core or due to full
and practically
mV DC output implemented
of voltage measurementvoltage discharge of machine excitation capacitance. The residual
f the whole system consists of battery-inverter
cuit is acircuit
fulldefines
wavethat converter andmachine
the induction a peak magnetic flux retention depends on the age of the machine
uction motor
is coupled
unexcited but with induction
running at rated generator,
speed,
circuit
asurement
which detects a peak valuebased of AC and characteristics of the core material. To make hardware
and circuit,
the DC microcontroller
voltage output of voltage PLC
that The
relay. value in capacitor
subsystems
measurement shown
circuit
in the
lessinthan
form of
the Fig.7
80 mVare as changes in induction machine core is a tedious task but
capacitor
mayretains a peak
be considered as value ofmachine
induction previous capacitance of the machine can easily be charged for
eticof new
is
Relay. notpeak is
running obtained.
at rated speed.Retention of Fig.8. Response of unexcited induction generator.
buildup of Fig.excitation.
8 : Response ofFig.7 below
unexcited shows
induction response of
generator
is achieved
ltage with Circuit.
Measurement the help of Operational unexcited
An advantage
crocontroller BasedofPLC.
this circuit is that a In Fig.8, induction ofgenerator
the data WATER channel running
one at rated speed.
of oscilloscope The
in blue
A - 290
parameters of the and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
induction motor used as induction 33
new peak value weather
duction Motor as Prime Mover.it is higher or color shows output voltage generated by induction generator
generator are state
in unexcited Rated Voltage
while = the
shaft of 230V, Frequency=50
machine is running atHz,
duction
eviousMotor
valueasandInduction
makesGenerator.
it available until
 machine. It means that a 80 mV DC output of voltage generation
measurement circuit defines that the induction machine is
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
unexcited but running at rated speed, and the DC voltage VII. ALGORI
output of voltage measurement circuit less than 80 mV may GENERATIO

the output voltage across main winding OFF quickly be considered

when induction as induction
generatormachine
designedis not running
according to attherated
steps of Thethe system
terminals of induction generator becomes starts to speed.generate rated voltage. previously discussed algorithm. According to voltage m
zero. An output of induction generator Step 4 An unexcited
: When inductionbut running
generatorstandalone induction
to the flowchart generator
a controller induction m
will always
terminals is input to voltage measurement output goes measure
can be fully excited by connecting a charged capacitor output voltage of induction
from high to low, it means is connecte
circuit, if the circuit input becomes zero and machine is losing mechanical input generator in terms of DC output voltage of
across it, but to charge a capacitor and
output voltage of voltage measurement power and excitation, and then in this voltage measurement circuit. If the output
then connecting it Capacitanc
across induction generator terminals is a
circuit starts to fall to zero, but it takes case no relay turn on signal should be voltage of voltage measurement circuit tedious task and Step1: Me
needs regular manual human
time for voltage to become zero as generated to connect inverter across is between 60mV and 130mV DC and efforts. Another method to Machine w
capacitance present in the circuit takes generatorexcite the machine
terminals. Connectingisinverterto connect inverter across
is maintained induction
for at least four seconds,Analog to D
time to discharge to zero volts. generator terminals for short time period and then
to generator terminals in this condition then only a controller will generate Stepa 2: If
turn ON signal for static relay to connect
In case the induction generator output may be disconnecting it after machine gains excitation. The process
of no use due to absence of mV(output
voltage goes from high to zero, the mechanical input power to shaft of inverter across induction generator main
of connecting an inverter before excitation and then machine ro
capacitor present at the output of the induction generator. Generation of relay winding terminals otherwise a controller
disconnecting an inverter after excitation
voltage measurement circuit starts to turn on signal for relay in this condition will remain in loop to check the favorable
can be done relay turn O
discharge towards zero volts. Fig. 9 above may put automatically
system in cyclic with ON and theOFFhelpofof condition
PLC. The forstatus
generationof machine
of relay turn Step
ON 3: If o
shows capacitor discharge curve and it is relay andwhether
inverter it is
due excited
to or
charging unexcited
and can
signal. be fed
Turning toONPLC of through
relay will connect
it means in
an inverter power supply to induction
observed from the curve that it takes at voltage measurement circuit and Analog to Digital
discharging of excitation capacitance of not excited
least 3.5 seconds for capacitor voltage inductionConverter.
machine. A PLC may be programmed generator terminals to push induction
to detect status of condition a
to go from 130 mV to 60 mV. A fall time Step 5 : To protect cyclic turn ON and OFF generator into self-excited state.
the machine and for the automatic generation of control the system
of voltage in this range is an important of relay and for proper self-excitation of IX. PROGRAMMABLE
parameter for algorithm and program inductionsignal to connect and disconnect inverter from machine
generator, a relay should only
winding o
terminals for automatic induction CONTROLLER
generator excitation. AND
excitation.
development for turn ON signal generation be turned ON in such a condition if 60mV
PROGRAM FOR CONTROL
of relay connected in the circuit. to 130mV is detected at the output of and should
DISCHARGE SIGNAL MEASUREMENT
GENERATION.
voltageVI. CAPACITOR
measurement circuit continuouslyRATE IN VOLTAGE
starts to gen
VII. ALGORITHM FOR STATIC CIRCUITIn . case a machine loses An 8 bit microcontroller based PLCStep is
RELAY TURN ON SIGNAL mechanical input power and speed of the developed by author and same design 4: Wh
for four seconds.

GENERATION If mechanical power input to induction generator is lost or low, it mea

machine rotor becomes zero, the output of the PLC is used to generate control
The system conditions to be maintained voltage of thevoltage
speed of shaft of induction generator becomes zero, the
measurement circuit signals for switching of static relay [13]. A
excitation,
are that input signal to voltage goes below output
60mVvoltage
DC and falls across main winding terminals of induction
from 130mV developed PLC contains an 8 bit should be
Arduino
measurement circuit is output of main to 60mV generator in almost four becomes
seconds,zero. An output
the relay based of AVR induction generator
microcontroller having terminals.
10 C
bit Analog to Digital Converter (ADC). A
winding of induction machine and should not terminals is input to voltage measurement circuit, if the
be turned ON in such case. condition m
main winding of induction machine is scale of the ADC of the developed PLC
circuit input becomes zero and output voltage of
FOR varies from 0 to 1024. Zero (0) of inputvoltage the powe
connected in parallel with minimum VIII. FLOWCHART
required excitation Capacitance (Cmin
measurement
STATIC RELAYcircuit TURN starts
ON to fall
ADCtoiszero,
equalbut it takes
to zero volt DC timeand 1024relay turn
for rated speed). for voltage
SIGNAL GENERATION to become zero asof capacitance
ADC is equal present
to 5 volt in
DC the
input system in c
signal.
Step 1 : Measure Voltage across Main A flowchart circuit takesintime
shown Fig.10 to discharge
below is to zero volts.
A Ladder Logic programming charging a
technique
winding of Induction Machine with help of induction m
Voltage Measurement Circuit and Analog Step 5: To
to Digital Converter of PLC. proper self
Step 2 : If output of Voltage Measurement only be tur
Circuit is 27 mV (output offset voltage of detected a
OPAMP), it means induction machine
rotor is at stand still and No excitation
continuous
signal or relay turn ON signal should be mechanical
generated. becomes ze
Step 3 : If output of Voltage Measurement circuit goe
Circuit is 80 mV, it means induction 60mV in al
generator rotor is rotating but machine ON in such
is not excited and is not generating
rated voltage. In this condition a control VIII. FLOWCH
signal should be generated to turn ON GENERATIO
the system relay to connect inverter
terminals across main winding of the A flowchar
induction generator to kick start self- the steps o
excitation. A relay should be turned ON to the flow
Fig.9.
Fig. 9 Capacitor Discharge
: Capacitor Discharge Curve
Curve of Voltage
of Voltage Measurement
Measurement Circuit.
for short duration and should be turned
Circuit. voltage of i
34 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 of voltage
A - 290
In case the induction generator output voltage goes from voltage me
high to zero, the capacitor present at the output of the DC and is
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
supply to induction generator terminals to push induction
generator into self-excited state.
continuously checked by comparators, if X. RESULTS OF THE
comparators find the value in between 12 PROPOSED EXCITATION
and 28 0n 1024 scale it means a machine INITIATOR CIRCUIT.
is running in unexcited state and after
The designed circuit performed well
delay of 4000mS generated by timer T1
according to the algorithm developed. The
a relay is turned ON. Turning ON of relay
performance and working of the circuit can
will start timer T2 and after delay of 500mS
be assessed with the help of waveforms
relay and timers are turned OFF or reset
captured on oscilloscope as shown in
to disconnect inverter from the induction
Fig. 12 below. Channel one in blue color
machine terminals. A whole ladder logic
shows that initial output of induction
program is compiled into a hexadecimal
generator is low due to absence of self-
file and then loaded into a microcontroller
excitation. When relay turn ON signal is
based PLC for signal generation. One
generated as shown in the waveform of
pin of a controller is used to feed analog
channel three, an inverter supply appears
signal into controller and other pin is used
Fig.11. PLC Ladder Program for Control
across inductionSignal Generation.
generator terminals. A
to receive switching signal for relay turn
relay turn ON signal goes low after 500mS
ON.
An ADC continuously converts an analog output
and disconnects inverteroffrom
voltage
induction
measurement circuit into digital value. A digital value is
pply to induction generator terminals to push induction continuously checked by comparators, if comparators find
nerator into self-excited state. the value in between 12 and 28 0n 1024 scale it means a
machine is running in unexcited state and after delay of
4000mS generated by timer T1 a relay is turned ON.
Turning ON of relay will start timer T2 and after delay of
500mS relay and timers are turned OFF or reset to
disconnect inverter from the induction machine terminals. A
whole ladder logic program is compiled into a hexadecimal
file and then loaded into a microcontroller based PLC for
signal generation. One pin of a controller is used to feed
analog signal into controller and other pin is used to receive
switching signal for relay turn ON.

X. RESULTS OF THE PROPOSED EXCITATION INITIATOR

CIRCUIT. main winding terminals in case when
across machine
Fig. 10. Flowchart for Relay TurnTurn
ONON machine
Signal Generation. Fig.11. loses
Fig. The
11 PLC
: PLCmechanical
designed
Ladder
LadderProgram input
circuit
Program forpower.
performed
for well
ControlSignal
Control Signal according
Generation.
Generation. to the [1] M. F.
Fig. 10 : Flowchart for Relay
algorithm developed. The performance and working of the
Signal Generation
circuit can be assessed withan theanalog
help ofoutput
waveforms captured
Analyt
An ADC continuously converts of voltage Induct
IX. PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER AND PROGRAM FORmeasurement circuit into digital value. A digital value one
on oscilloscope as shown in Fig. 12 below. Channel is in
is used to develop program for this Applic
CONTROL
type SIGNAL in the .same way as
GENERATION
of controller continuously checked by comparators, if comparators find is
blue color shows that initial output of induction generator
low due to absence of self-excitation. When relay turn ON Energy
An 8programs
bit microcontroller
are developed basedforPLC is developed by authorthe value in between 12 and 28 0n 1024 scale it means a
commercial
signal is generated as shown in the waveform of channel [2] P Wa
and same design oflogic
programmable PLC is used to generate controlmachine is running in unexcited state and after delay of
thecontrollers.
three, an inverter supply appears across induction generator excited
signals for switching
Fig.11 below shows of static
ladderrelay [13]. Aofdeveloped PLC4000mS generated by timer T1 a relay is turned ON.
program terminals. A relay turn ON signal goes low after 500mS and
contains an 8 bit logic
programmable Arduino based
controller AVR microcontrollerTurning ON of relay will start timer T2 and after delay of
developed Engine
disconnects inverter
timersfromare induction generator terminals.
to It
having
for 10thebit Analog to
generation of Digital
short duration relay(ADC). A scale500mS
Converter
can
relay and
be observed that after
turned OFF
removal of
or reset
inverter support, an
Feb. 19
of theturn
ADC on of the developed
signal. The program varies from 0 to 1024.disconnect inverter from the induction machine terminals. A
PLC consists R. Sad
induction generator continues to generate no load voltage of [3]
Zero of(0)three
of therungs.
ADC First
is equalrung zero volt ofDC and 1024 ofwhole ladder logic program is compiled into a hexadecimal
to consists
140 Volts. It means machine achieves self-excitation state Ataei,
ADCanalog
is equal
to digital converter block,signal.
to 5 volt DC input second A Ladder Logicfile and then loaded into a microcontroller based PLC for
instantaneously after inverter support is given to it for 500 inducti
programming
rung consiststechnique
of less is used
than to develop
greater thanprogram for thissignalmilli-seconds.
generation. One pin of a controller is used to feed
type comparators
of controllerconnected
in the same way as programs areanalog signal into controller and other pin is used to receive Electr.
in series with
developed for commercial programmable
turn ON delay timer to turn ON relay. logic controllers. switching signal for relay turn ON. 2018.
It can be observed form Fig.13 that when a machine loses
Fig.11 below shows ladder program of programmable logic S. N. B
Third rung consists of timer, relay output mechanical input power and shaft speed of machine goes to [4]
controller
and resetdeveloped
signals. for the generation of short duration of vol
zero, anOF output
X. RESULTS THE Pof voltage EXCITATION
ROPOSED measurementINITIATOR
circuit falls
relay turn on signal. The program consists of three rungs. inducti
An ADC continuously converts an exponentially. During this fall an output voltage of voltage
First rung consists of analog to digital converter block,CIRCUIT.
analog output of voltage measurement
second rung consists of less than greater than comparatorsThe Fig. Fig. 12. measurement
Output circuit of
waveforms passes throughInitiator
Excitation values of 60 mV and
Circuit. capaci
circuit intofordigital value. AON digital value is designed
130mV in circuit
12 : Output thanperformed
lesswaveforms4 seconds. well
of Excitation according
Due Initiator
to delaytoTimer
ON Circuit the T1 Power
Fig. 10. Flowchart
connected in seriesRelay
withTurnturn ONSignal
delayGeneration.
timer to turn ONalgorithm developed. The performance and working of the
present in the second rung of the ladder program, a control Industr
relay. Third rung consists of timer, relay output and resetcircuit can be assessed with the help of waveforms captured
A - 290 signal for relayWATER turnand
ONENERGY
is not INTERNATIONAL
generated. This December
important2022 35
10.110
signals. on oscilloscope as shown
PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER AND PROGRAM FOR feature of this systeminprotects
Fig. 12the below. Channel
inverter from one in
connecting
ONTROL SIGNAL GENERATION. blue color shows that initial output of induction generator is [5] Oyebo
low due to absence of self-excitation. When relay turn ON gramm
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

generator terminals. It can be observed a process of excitation of induction Controller (PLC) for National Econo-
that after removal of inverter support, an generator and will be helpful in receiving mic Development,”Proceedings of 2nd
induction generator continues to generate power from induction generator in case National Conference on Engineering
and Technology (FENGNC 2015), Aug.
no load voltage of 140 Volts. It means of random availability of mechanical input
2015.
machine achieves self-excitation state power to standalone induction generators.
[6] H. Guo, S. Cui and X. Xu, ‘Design
instantaneously after inverter support is In case of intermittent wind and hydro
and Implementation of Voltage Peak
given to it for 500 milli-seconds. energy availability the proposed system Detection Based on Fourier Analysis’,
It can be observed form Fig.13 that when will highly reduce human efforts and Proceedings of the International
a machine loses mechanical input power system may also be helpful in trapping Conference on Big Data, Electronics
intermittent renewable energy with the and Communication Engineering
and shaft speed of machine goes to zero,
help of induction generator. (BDECE 2019) , pp. 99–102, 2019.
an output of voltage measurement circuit
[7] Cetin, Engin & Hekim, Mahmut &
falls exponentially. During this fall an REFERENCES
Yilanci, Ahmet & Ozturk, Harun &
output voltage of voltage measurement [1] M. F. Khan and M. R. Khan, “Compre- Colak, Metin & Kasikci, Ismail, “ PLC-
circuit passes through values of 60 mV hensive Analytical and Experimental based measurement of electrical data in
and 130mV in less than 4 seconds. Due to Analysis of a Self Excited Induction photovoltaic energy systems,” Applied
ON delay Timer T1 present in the second Generator for Renewable Energy Electronics International Conference,
rung of the ladder program, a control Application” International Journal of pp. 79 – 82, 2009.
Renewable Energy Research, Vol 5, No [8] R. I. Himel , Aziz Ul Huq and S. Islam,
signal for relay turn ON is not generated.
3, 2015. “A Way of Implementing a Complex
This important feature of this system
[2] P Walker and A.P. Walker, Electrical Switching Pattern in the
protects the across machine
inverter main winding terminals
from connecting in case when
“Troubleshooting self-excited generator
REFERENCES
Industrial Processing Unit with PlC,”
machine loses mechanical
across machine main winding terminals input power. failure,”[1] M.
PlantF. Khan and M.JournalR. Khan,
voltage buildup American of “Comprehensive
Engineering
in case when machine loses mechanical Engineering, United States, vol. 47, no.
Analytical and Experimental
Research (AJER),Analysis
Volume-7,of a Issue-7,
Self Excited
input power. 19, pp 93-96, Feb. 1993. Induction pp-140-147,
Generator Jul for 2018,
Renewable
doi:10.13140/ Energy
[3] R. Sadeghi, S. M. Madani, M. Agha- Application” RG.2.2.24855.52645
International Journal of Renewable
XI. CONCLUSION kashkooli, and M. Ataei, ‘‘Reduced Energy Research,
[9] M. F. Vol
Khan 5, and
No 3,M.2015.
R. Khan, “Voltage
A circuit for generation of control signal order model of cascaded doubly fed control ofWalker,
single-phase two winding self-
[2] P Walker and AP “Troubleshooting
was successfully designed, implemented induction generator for aircraft starter/ self-excited induction generator for
generator,’’ IET Electr. Power Appl., excited
vol. generator voltage buildup failure,” Plant
and tested. Same approach can be isolated loads,” 2014 International
12, no. 6, pp. 757–766, Jul. 2018. Engineering, United States, vol. 47, no. 19, pp 93-96,
Conference on Advances in Energy
used for implementation of automatic
Feb. 1993.
excitation initiator for induction machines [4] S.N. Bhadra, K. V. Ratnam and A. Conversion Technologies (ICAECT),
Manjunath, “Study of voltage build[3] R.up Sadeghi,
in S. M. Madani,
2014, M. Agha-kashkooli,
pp. 209-214, doi: 10.1109/ and M.
with ratings different than the presently a self-excited, variable speed induction ICAECT.2014.6757089.
Ataei, ‘‘Reduced order model of cascaded doubly fed
used machine with only one amendment. generator/static inverter system induction
with [10] generator
M. Rizwanfor Khan
aircraft
andstarter/generator,’’
M. Faisal Khan , IET
A designer should observe the value of DC side capacitor,” Proceedings of Power
Electr. Appl.,ofvol.
“ Affect 12, no. 6,Inductance
Magnetizing pp. 757–766, on Jul.
output voltage of voltage measurement International Conference on Power Dynamic Performance of a self-excited
2018.
circuit of a machine for which an exciter Electronics, Drives and Energy induction generator for wind energy
Systems for Industrial Growth, S. N. Bhadra, K. V. Ratnam and A. Manjunath, "Study
[4] 1996,
circuit is to be built and should change application”, Grand Renewable Energy
pp. 964-970 vol.2, doi: 10.1109/PEDES. of voltage build
2014 up in a self-excited,
Proceedings, 27 July tovariable
1 Augustspeed
the comparator parameters of the ladder
1996.536402. induction generator/static inverter system
2014, Tokyo Big Site Tokyo Japan. with DC side
logic program of microcontroller based
Fig. 12. Output waveforms of Excitation Initiator
[5] Oyebola Circuit.
B.O,“Automated capacitor," Proceedings of International Conference on
Process
programmable logic controller accordingly. [11] Khan, R.M, and Ahmad,B, “Micro-
Control through Programmable Logic Power Electronics,
controllerDrives
Basedand Energy Systems
Under/over Voltage for
The developed system will automate Industrial Growth, 1996, pp. 964-970 vol.2, doi:
and Double Phasing Fault Protection
10.1109/PEDES.1996.536402.
System: Design and Simulation,”
i-manager’s Journal
[5] Oyebola B. O,“Automated on Embedded
Process Control through Pro
grammable LogicSystems, 2(1), pp.29-35,
Controller (PLC)for2013, https://
National Econo-
doi.org/10.26634/jes.2.1.2237.
mic Development,”Proceedings of 2nd National Confer
ence on [12] Khan, Mohd
Engineering and & Iqbal, Atif. “Investigation
Technology(FENGNC 2015),
Aug. 2015. on resonating behaviour of a self
excited induction generator” IEEE 2013,
[6] H. Guo, S. Cui and X. Xu,
TENCON ‘Design
Spring 2013and Implementation
- Conference
of Voltage Peak Detection Based on Fourier
Proceedings. 80-84. 10.1109/TENCON Analysis’,
Proceedings Spring.2013.6584421.
of the International Conference on Big
Data, Electronics
[13] B. Ahmad,andG. Communication
Goswami and M. F.Engineering
Khan,
(BDECE 2019) “An, Alternative
pp. 99–102,Option
2019. to Commercial
[7] Cetin, EnginProgrammable
& Hekim, Mahmut Logic Controllers,”
& Yilanci, Ahmet &
Ozturk, Harun 2021 10th International
& Colak, Conference
Metin & Kasikci, Ismail, “
PLC-based onmeasurement
System Modellingof & Advancement
electrical data in
photovoltaic inenergy
Research Trends (SMART), 2021,
systems,” Applied Electronics
pp. 647-650, doi: 10.1109/SMART
International52563.2021.9676213.
Conference, pp. 79 – 82, 2009.
Fig. 13Fig. 13. Performance
: Performance of Circuit inofabsence/loss
Circuit inof Mechanical
absence/lossinputof Power
[8] R. I. Himel , Aziz Ul Huq and S. Islam, “A Way of
Mechanical input Power.
Implementing a Complex Electrical Switching Pattern
36 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 A - 290
in the Industrial Processing Unit with PlC,” American
XI. CONCLUSION. Journal of Engineering Research (AJER), Volume-7,
Issue-7, pp-140-147, Jul 2018,
A circuit for generation of control signal was successfully
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Electric Vehicle Policy Framework in India

Dr. Anil Kumar1 Mohammad Siddiqur Rahman2 Rohit Gupta3

Abstract
The present study aims at finding out how various government policies and provisions facilitate Indian transport Sector’s
migration from a polluting ICEV based transport system to an EV based emission-free system. To support and promote
EV, central as well as various state governments have formulated policies in this regard from providing subsidies on EV
and for manufacturing of advance batteries in last few years as this industry is in its nascent stage. Opportune policies and
regulations in this regard helps in meeting the full potential and provide new opportunities. The study aim to find out the
current EV policies, its effectiveness, consumer awareness about existing policies and willingness to switchover to EV.
A brief overview of various policies and regulations rolled out summarised below:

October-12 • National Automotive Board (NAB) was constituted

• National Electric Mobility Mission plan 2 (NEMMP) 2020

January-13
rolled out

• Phase -1 of the Fame India scheme launched under

April-15
NEMMP 2020

• Technology Platform for Electric Mobility (TPEM) was set

February-16
up

• Ministry of State for Coal, New & Renewable Energy

March-17
declared aim for 100% e mobility by 2030

• GoI had set up a national mission on transformative

March-19
mobility and battery storage chaired by Niti Aayog

• MoP issued revised guidelines and standards for charging

October-19
infrastructure for EV

• Faster Adoption and Manufacturing of Hybrid and Electric

April-19
Vehicles (FAME) II scheme was adopted

• Department of Heavy Industries (DHI), approved 2636 EV

January-20
charging stations in phase II of FAME India scheme

• PLI scheme issued to provides financial incentives for

November-20
domestic manufacturing of EV and EV components

Keywords: Electric Vehicles, EV Policy, Recommendation of various states towards EV adoption.

1. Professor- Energy & Infrastructure Management, University of Petroleum and Energy Sciences, Dehradun
Keywords:
2. Chief-Projects, Electric
The Tata Power Vehicles,
Company EV Jojobera
Limited, Policy, Recommendation of various
Power Plant, Jamshedpur, states towards EV
Jharkhand
3. Group Head, The Tata
adoption.Power Company Limited, Jojobera Power Plant, Jamshedpur, Jharkhand

A - 291 List of AbbreviationsWATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 37

Abbreviations Full form of Abbreviations
ACC Advance Chemistry Cell
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

List of Abbreviations development for battery & vehicle

Abbreviations Full form of Abbreviations manufacturing, charging infrastructure,
and scrapping centres.
ACC Advance Chemistry Cell
The present study aims at having a
BaaS Battery as a Service deeper look into various government
BEV Battery Electric Vehicle incentive schemes and provisions that
CNG Compressed Natural Gas help the migration from ICEV to EV based
transportation systems by taking care of
COP26 Conference of Parties the Life Cycle cost of the Transportation
DHI Department of Heavy Industries Business.
EV Electric Vehicle 2. Research Methodology
FAME Faster Adoption and Manufacturing of Electric Vehicles The objective of this research is to
FCEV Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle find out the effectiveness of current
policies and regulations related to EV,
GoI Government of India
its objectives and barriers to the same.
HEV Hybrid Electric Vehicle A policy is drafted and rolled out with
ICEV Internal Combustion Engine Vehicle certain objectives keeping in mind market
barriers, limitations and opportunities for
INDC Intended Nationally Determined Contributions
growth. With all these objectives once
L&T Logistics and Transportation the policy is formulated for its effective
MoP Ministry of Power implementation it should be clear on
specific activities and responsibilities. As
NAB National Automotive Board
India is a big nation with wide customer
NCEM National Council for Electric Mobility preferences and choices, central
NEMMP National Electric Mobility Mission Plan government initially provided directions
and rolled out policies related to EV which
PEV Plug in Hybrid Vehicle
later on various state governments have
PHEV Parallel Hybrid Electric Vehicle modified to complement with national
PLI Production Linked Incentive objectives so that its respective policies fit
local conditions. It is important to review
PMP Phase Manufacturing Program
and evaluate the effectiveness of current
R&D Research and Development EV policies to plan for future strategy and
T&D Transmission and Distribution policy making.
TPEM Technology platform for Electric Mobility A survey was carried out on targeted
audience with a sample size of 150
Nos. to find out their preferences about
1. Introduction two in every hundred vehicles sold today
Electric Vehicles when compared with
India is one of the largest importers of are Electric Vehicles. EV’s accounted
conventional ICEV which mainly consisted
fossil fuels and has the fifth largest car for 8 million in 2020 as 1% of the global
of awareness about current government
market in the world. India aims to switch vehicle stock and 2.6% of global car
policies and norms on EV, consumers
30 percent of private cars, 70 percent of sales.
current experience about use of ICEV,
commercial vehicles and 80 percent of Indian auto segment is different from their willingness to move from ICEV to
two and three wheelers to EV by 2030. European and most of the other countries EV, EV battery charge range, Charging
This is in line with the INDC, and pledge in the world as majority of the Indian infrastructure, cost economics.
taken at COP26 to reduce emissions and consumers prefer small and affordable
achieve net zero by 2070. As there is vehicles as two/ three wheelers has 83% 3. Questionnaire Survey
tremendous push globally to adopt green share whereas economy cars costing 3.1 Data Collection Procedure
energy and promote Electric Vehicles, less than a million rupees has 12% share
India has taken various initiatives in this and rest 5% by premium cars costing A questionnaire-based survey was
area by rolling out policies and subsidies above 1 million and the buses and conducted to gather information
to support this push for faster adoption large goods vehicles. Hence the right regarding the opinion of respondents. The
of Electric mobility including PLI scheme approach to promote EV should be based questionnaire was prepared considering
for Auto and automotive component on the market environment, per capita literature review and a pilot survey done.
manufacturers of Electric Vehicles. income, purchasing power and strategic After finalizing the questionnaire based
There is rapid growth globally as about needs & goals including Infrastructure on the pilot survey, it was shared through

38 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 A - 291


Microsoft team forms and responses
collected.
3.2 Participants
Online responses were collected through
survey which was sent to various
participants from diverse background. A
total of 150 No. responses collected.
3.3 Data Description
The data gathered about the participants
include demographic data (age,
gender, nationality, occupation, driving
experience, marital status, education
level), about the perception of Electric
Vehicles ((Willingness to purchase,
driving range, Charging Infrastructure,
Purchase Cost), Government Financial
Incentives, Environment awareness and
perceived social status.
3.4 Analysis Technique
The first stage of the survey covered
the respondent’s current driving habits,
vehicle ownership, and details on the
vehicle they are most likely to purchase
next. The later included the expected
size, type, price, and timing of purchase.
Next was a descriptive text describing
similarities and differences of EVs and
ICVs.
Most of the attributes are self-explanatory
and capture what we expected would
matter to car buyers in comparing EVs
and ICVs – driving range, charging
time, fuel saving, pollution reduction,
performance, and price difference.
Price was defined as the amount the
respondent would pay above the price
of the respondent’s preferred ICV.
We measure the attitudinal indicators
at a five-point Likert scale (one being
strongly disagreed and five being strongly
agreed) and summarize the probability
mass function of each indicator
Since the electric vehicle is a new
mode of transportation with green
technology, the consumer behavior of
buying electric vehicles is regarded as
an innovative behavior. The key factor
influencing the actual usage behavior of
consumers is the behavioral intention;
the purchase intention is influenced by
attitude, subjective norm, and perceived
behavioral control. The two variables
influencing attitude are perceived
A - 291
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
usefulness and perceived ease of use.
This study considers that self-efficacy,
facilitating condition, and perceived
behavioral control are moderately or
highly correlated, which will form a
higher common factor.
This study considered:
3.4.1 Perceived usefulness, perceived
ease of use, compatibility and personal
innovativeness as the sources of attitude
toward behavior.
3.4.2 interpersonal influence and external
influence as the sources of subjective
norm; and perceived behavioral control,
self-efficacy, and facilitating conditions
as similar dimensions. Consequently,
we formed a new facet dimension which
was named self-control ability. Finally,
we considered attitude toward behavior,
subjective norm, and self-control ability
as the influencing sources of behavioral
intention. Through the influence analysis
conducted in this study, it was found that
most of the dimensions have an impact
on consumers’ behavioral intention of
purchasing electric vehicles
3.4.2.1 India EV Policy various State Governments have come
Framework
In-line with India’s Intended Nationally
Determined Contributions (INDC) for
2030, shift from the ICE vehicles to
Electric vehicle is evident. For faster
adoption of Electric Vehicles in India,
Government of India (GoI) and the
respective provincial governments
have announced several measures
in the last ten years. It started in 2011
with constitution of National Council for
Electric Mobility (NCEM) – the apex body
for making recommendations to promote
electric mobility and manufacturing of
electric vehicles. Thereafter, in October
2012, National Automotive Board (NAB)
was constituted which is the nodal
agency for implementation of FAME
India scheme including distribution of
funds. In January 2013, National Electric
Mobility Mission plan 2 (NEMMP) 2020
rolled out for cumulative outlay of ₹
14,000 crore during the span of this
scheme. In April 2015, phase -1 of the
Fame India scheme launched under
NEMMP 2020 for a two-year period
between April 2015 to March 2017. In
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
February 2016 Technology Platform for
Electric Mobility (TPEM) was set up to
support R&D consortia projects. Ministry
of State for Coal, New & Renewable
Energy in March 2017 declared aim
for 100% e mobility by 2030 which was
later amended to 30% by 2030 and the
FAME 1 scheme was extended further.
Necessary amendment was issued in
Motor Vehicles act for retrofitting ICE
vehicles with electric or hybrid vehicles
and charging of vehicles was categorised
as a service which doesn’t require any
license and amendments made in Model
building bye laws 2016 for establishing
EV charging infrastructure. GoI had set
up a national mission on transformative
mobility and battery storage chaired
by Niti Aayog in March 2019, and the
phase II of FAME was launched. It is
important to note that FAME II policy
which is the umbrella policy for India has
been designed considering demand side
incentives, where 86% of the funding is
set aside for consumer incentives for
EV purchases and 10% is allocated to
fund charging infrastructure. Prior to the
FAME II, the Central Government and
out with policies thereby by providing
fiscal as well as non-fiscal incentives
to promote EV vehicles. EV registration
charges have been exempted throughout
the country by central government. A
majority of the states have gone a step
further and has waived off road tax on
electric vehicles.
In October 2019, MoP issued revised
guidelines and standards for charging
infrastructure for EV with measures such
as provision of one charging station per
grid of 3 km X 3 km in cities and 25 km
on highways/ roads. In January 2020,
Department of Heavy Industries (DHI),
approved 2636 EV charging stations in
phase II of FAME India scheme and under
same scheme Phase Manufacturing
Program (PMP) for EV parts for eligibility
revised in the same year in May. The
Government has capped maximum tariff
applicable to EV public charging. GoI
approved ₹ 26,058 crore production linked
Incentive (PLI) scheme to accelerate the
domestic manufacturing of Electric and
fuel cell vehicles and drones in India in
September 2021.
39
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
The government is aiming to transform
India into a global hub for electric
vehicles manufacturing.
PLI scheme issued on 11th November
2020 provides financial incentives for
domestic manufacturing of EV and EV
components including PLI scheme for
advanced chemistry cell (ACC) battery
manufacturing. Manufacturers that
achieve 60% value added contributions
within five years of project commencement
will be eligible for the subsidy. Any new
technology that evolves over the next 10
years is also eligible for the subsidy.
Indian EV sector is poised for growth
as now majority of Indian states have
come out with their EV policies providing
incentives and subsidies on purchase of
EV.
3.4.2.2 Draft Battery Swapping technology) must be adopted. As battery
Policy
EV infrastructure is being strengthened
as central government has come out
with draft of battery swapping policy.
As per this proposed policy, battery
swapping would fall under Battery as a
service (BaaS) which provides freedom
to the users purchasing an EV without
the battery, which significantly lowers
upfront costs, and paying a regular
subscription fee (daily, weekly, monthly,
etc.) to the operator/ company for battery
services. BaaS is applicable for both
fixed and removable batteries and is
the medium to implement and promote
swapping solutions. The main objective
of this proposed policy is to promote
swapping of batteries with Advanced
Chemistry Cell (ACC) batteries to
decouple battery costs from the upfront
costs of purchasing EVs, thereby driving
EV adoption. Offer flexibility to EV users
by promoting the development of battery
swapping as an alternative to charging
facilities. BaaS models, particularly for
battery swapping services, will need
to ensure interoperability between
EVs and batteries for the successful
mainstreaming of battery swapping
as an alternative. This Policy shall
be applicable for the batteries using
“Advanced Chemistry Cells” (ACC),
whose performance is equivalent or
superior to EV batteries supported under
40 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
the FAME-II scheme. For traceability
across the battery lifecycle, a Unique
Identification Number (UIN) shall be
issued at the manufacturing stage for
tracking and monitoring EV batteries.
Technical data of the battery will be
mapped by the OEMs with UIN of battery
pack at the manufacturing stage itself.
Similarly, a UIN number will be assigned
to each Battery Swapping Station.
Standards approved or defined by BIS
shall be implemented for the electric
vehicle, battery safety requirements,
Degrees of Protection (IP-code) of
electrical equipment against foreign
objects, technical specification of cables
and connectors, and traction battery
safety requirements. To ensure stability
and security of data, standards for the
communication infrastructure (protocols,
swapping is still in nascent stage in
India, it is recognized that further
business models will emerge as the
market matures. The Policy is therefore
business model agnostic and seeks
to even the playing field for different
models. It is planned for implementing
and targeting battery swapping for
e-2Ws and e-3Ws to start with, which
are heavily concentrated in urban areas.
In pahse-1 (duration of 1-2 years), all
metropolitan cities with a population
greater than 4 million (as per Census
2011) will be prioritized for development
of battery swapping networks. In pahse-2
(duration of 2-3 years), All major cities
such as state capitals, UT headquarters
and cities with population greater than
5 lakhs (as per Census 2011) will be
covered under the second phase, given
the importance of the 2W and 3W vehicle
segments in growing cities.
3.4.2.3 Additional Battery
Safety standards
In the backdrop of number of cases of
fire incidents observed in electric two
wheelers in different parts of the country,
Ministry of Road Transport and Highway
had constituted an Expert Committee.
Based on the recommendations of the
expert committee report, amendment
to AIS 156- Specific requirements for
motor vehicles of L category [motor
vehicles with less than four wheels and
is a quadricycle] with electric power train,
and amendment 2 to AIS 038 Rev. 2 - i.e.
Specific requirements for Electric Power
Train of motor vehicles of M category
[motor vehicle with at least four wheels
used for carrying passengers] and N
category [motor vehicle with at least four
wheels used for carrying goods which
may also carry persons in addition to
the goods]. These amendments cover
the additional safety requirements which
are related to design of battery pack,
thermal propagation due to internal cell
short circuit leading to fire, BMS, battery
cells, BMS, on-board charger, etc. Draft
notification GSR 659 (E) dated 25th
August 2022 issued by government,
there by proposing amendment of
the Sub-rule 4 of Rule 124 of Central
Motor Vehicles Rule (CMVR) 1989, for
mandating Conformity of Production
(COP) for traction batteries used in
electric power train vehicles. From 1st
October 2022, this proposed regulation
will be applicable.
4. Perspective on EV
policy of different
States
State-specific EV policies have been
drawn up for a four-to-five-year period
from the time of notification and will
only subsidise a limited number of
vehicles. Most Indian states, in their
EV policies, have decided to allot
subsidies for electric two-wheelers (that
are eligible for incentives under the
FAME-II scheme) on the basis of the
size of their lithium-ion battery packs.
The incentive amount is decided on
a ‘per kWh of battery capacity’ basis.
Leading the way in terms of the highest
subsidy available is Delhi, which offers
an incentive of ₹ 5,000 per kWh, and
a maximum of ₹ 30,000 (provided the
battery is bigger than 5 kWh). Second
on the list currently is Maharashtra,
which, too, offers a subsidy of ₹ 5,000
per kWh, with the total subsidy capped
at ₹ 10,000. However, with an early bird
incentive (of up to ₹ 15,000; valid only
till 31 December 2021), the total subsidy
for any electric two-wheeler with a 3
kWh (or bigger) battery would be eligible
for is ₹ 25,000.
A - 291
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

4.1 State-wise incentives for electric two-wheelers to the first 1,000 electric vehicle buyers,
and Bihar’s yet-to-be-notified EV policy
State per kWh of battery Max subsidy Road tax also mentions similar benefits. Odisha
capacity exemption offers an incentive of up to ₹ 1 lakh for
Delhi ₹ 5000 ₹ 30,000 100% eligible vehicles, while Meghalaya – with
Maharashtra ₹ 5000 ₹ 25,000 100% an incentive of ₹ 4,000 per kWh – offers
a total subsidy of ₹ 60,000.
Meghalaya ₹ 10000 ₹ 20,000 100%
Rajasthan, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka,
Gujarat ₹ 10000 ₹ 20,000 50%
Madhya Pradesh, Telangana, Tamil
Assam ₹ 10000 ₹ 20,000 100% Nadu, Uttarakhand, Punjab, and Uttar
Bihar ₹ 10000 ₹ 20,000 100% Pradesh do not extend direct subsidies
West Bengal ₹ 10000 ₹ 20,000 100% for electric cars and SUVs in their
Rajasthan ₹ 2500 ₹ 10,000 NA policies. Once again, road tax for electric
four-wheelers is completely waived in
Odisha - ₹ 5,000 100% most states that have implemented the
Uttar Pradesh No No 100% policy, except for in Gujarat and Kerala,
Kerala No No 50% where buyers must pay 50 percent of
Karnataka No No 100% the total road tax amount, and in Uttar
Pradesh, where buyers are needed to
Tamil Nadu No No 100%
pay 25 percent of the road tax amount.
Telangana No No 100%
Registration charges, meanwhile, have
Madhya Pradesh No No 99% been waived for all kinds of electric
Andhra Pradesh No No 100% vehicles across the country. In August,
Punjab No No 100% the Ministry of Road Transport and
Highways (MoRTH) announced all
4.2 State EV Subsidies on Gujarat, Assam, and West Bengal battery-operated vehicles are exempt
Electric Cars and SUVs offer a higher per kWh incentive of ₹ from ‘the payment of fees for the purpose
10,000, but the total subsidy is limited of issue or renewal of registration
Just like with two-wheelers, electric cars, to ₹ 1.50 lakh. Delhi offered (and since certificate’.
and SUVs, too, are subsidised by state exhausted) the same amount as subsidy
EV policies. However, the total number
of vehicles covered under these policies State-wise incentives for electric four-wheelers:
are significantly lower. Electric cars have
State per kWh of battery Max subsidy Road tax exemption
significantly larger batteries and are
capacity
eligible for a substantial amount of money
in the form of subsidies. Capping of Maharashtra ₹ 5000 ₹ 2,50,000 100%
subsidies to electric cars for total 10,000 Delhi ₹ 10000 ₹ 1,50,000 100%
units by most of the states pronounce in
Gujarat ₹ 10000 ₹ 1,50,000 50%
their respective policies. The ex-factory
cost limit for eligible vehicles is pegged Assam ₹ 10000 ₹ 1,50,000 100%
at ₹ 15 lakh, which means at present, it’s Bihar ₹ 10000 ₹ 1,50,000 100%
only the Tata Tigor EV Ziptron and the West Bengal ₹ 10000 ₹ 1,50,000 100%
Tata Nexon EV that qualify for incentives
Odisha NA ₹ 1,00,000 100%
in all states. Larger, more expensive EVs
– including the likes of the MG ZS EV and Meghalaya ₹ 4000 ₹ 60,000 100%
Hyundai Kona Electric – do not qualify for Rajasthan No No NA
these subsidies.
Uttar Pradesh No No 75%
On the four-wheeler front, it is
Kerala No No 50%
Maharashtra that currently leads the way.
The base incentive of ₹ 5,000 per kWh Karnataka No No 100%
is the same as for electric two-wheelers, Tamil Nadu No No 100%
but the maximum subsidy is capped at Telangana No No 100%
₹ 1.50 lakh. However, with the early bird
Madhya Pradesh No No 99%
incentive (of up to ₹ 1 lakh) accounted
for, the total subsidy amount rises to Andhra Pradesh No No 100%
₹ 2.50 lakh. Punjab No No 100%

A - 291 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 41

w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

4.3 Review of Maharashtra EV adoption, the government has made it only be eligible for 50 percent of the
Policy mandatory for all upcoming property proposed incentives.
projects to have dedicated, EV-ready The recently-announced Maharashtra
The state of Maharashtra has lofty parking spaces to the tune of 20 percent
ambitions of electrifying vehicles in the EV policy 2021 is set to have a clear
in residential apartments, 25 percent in impact on the adoption of electric
state, and to that end, has introduced the institutional and commercial complexes
Maharashtra EV policy 2021; a revision vehicles (EVs) in the state. The ₹ 930
and 100 percent in government offices. crore initiative – which will be valid till
of the policy introduced back in 2018.
With an aim to make Maharashtra the As part of its EV policy 2021, Maharashtra March 2025 – offers higher subsidies
“topmost producer of battery-powered will also offer supply-side incentives, for electric two-wheelers, electric cars,
electric vehicles in India” (basis annual which haven’t been disclosed at this and SUVs as well as electric buses.
production capacity) and aiming for time. However, the state has revealed An early bird incentive – for purchases
electric vehicles (EVs) to make up 10 it will incentivise setup of EV production made till 31 December 2021 – meant
percent of all new vehicle registrations – facilities, advanced chemistry cell battery prices of EVs across India was lowest in
around three lakh vehicles a year – in the factories, EV component manufacturing Maharashtra during 2021.
state by 2025, the state government has plants; those setting up a factory for any Further apart from above incentives,
rolled out a ₹ 930 crore policy that’s valid of these purposes will be eligible for the in the union budget 2019, Ministry of
till 31 March, 2025, and has announced same benefits as extended to mega Finance, Govt. of India has announced
EVs will be exempt from road tax and projects that fall under the D+ category, an incentive for purchase electric vehicle
registration charges. In Mumbai alone, irrespective of the factory’s physical under which advanced battery and
7,400 EVs were registered in 2019-2020, location, including waiving of stamp duty registered e-vehicles will be incentivised
which went up to 9,461 EVs in 2020- and exemption of electricity duty. under the scheme. A new section
2021. After the government rolled out Additionally, Maharashtra is targeting 80EEB has been introduced allowing a
the policy in July 2021, 24,215 electric electrification of 25 percent of all public deduction for interest paid on loan taken
vehicles have been registered. Under transport and last-mile delivery solutions for the purchase of electric vehicles
the 2021 EV policy, the Maharashtra over the next four years in Greater starting from the AY 2020-21.
government offers an incentive of ₹ 5,000 Mumbai, Pune, Nagpur, Nashik, and
per kWh of the vehicle battery capacity. Aurangabad. 15 percent of all MSRTC 5. Survey & Analysis
For two-wheelers and three-wheelers, buses will be electrified by 2025. The The sample survey was conducted
the maximum incentive has been capped government is also offering incentives of to find out the awareness about the
at ₹ 10,000 and ₹ 30,000, respectively. up to ₹ 30,000 for e-three-wheelers (₹ preference of consumers about use of
Meanwhile, for four-wheelers, the 75,000 in 2021) and ₹ 20 lakh for electric Electric Vehicles, some of the finding of
maximum incentive is capped at ₹ 1.50 buses. EVs sold without a battery will the same are elaborated as below:
lakh. Buyers were also eligible for early
bird incentives (on purchase of vehicle
before December 31, 2021) and several
other benefits. The aim of the policy is
for EVs to contribute to 10 percent of
new vehicle registrations or 3, 00,000
EVs a year by 2025.
Maharashtra is working to develop a
comprehensive charging network across
the state and is targeting setting up
around 2,500 charging stations in seven
urban agglomerates in the next four
years. Those setting up the first 15,000
slow chargers will be eligible for an
incentive of up to ₹ 10,000 per charger,
and those establishing the first 500 fast
chargers will be eligible for a subsidy of
up to ₹ 5 lakh per charger. Additionally,
the policy states urban local bodies will
be encouraged to provide property tax
rebates to residential owners for setting
up private charging infrastructure on
their premises. To further promote EV

42 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 A - 291

 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

(ii) Following from the previous point,

(i) People with more years of driving
i. People with more years of driving experience have more favourable att
experience have more favourable
attitudes towards EV and its
advantages over conventional
EV and its advantages over conventional vehicles. The effect how
vehicles. The effect however wanes
in people at the extreme end of
scale (13-15 years of experience).
people at the extreme end of scale (13-15 years of experience). Poten
Potentially due to a lack of awareness
that furthers leads to inertia heuristic,
lack of awareness that furthers leads to inertia heuristic, path depend
path dependency and risk-averse
attitudes towards EVs. People at
the other extreme end of the scale
averse attitudes towards EVs. People at the other extreme end of the
with less than 3 years of driving
experience have the least favourable
attitudes towards EV. This could be
due to a variety of reasons such as
income, affordability perceptions
etc. which have been explored in
the other plots. The key inference
however is that you get a clear
indication of the group you need to
target with EV awareness-raising
policies, incentives and government
programmes that give subsidies or
tax breaks (I will elaborate on this in
a separate point).
the affordability-age plot shows
that young people are more likely
to have negative attitudes towards
affordability of EVs compared to
older age groups. Intuitively and
even empirically (check income age
profile) this makes sense because
young people have relatively lower
incomes as they are just starting out
in the job market. As they climb up
the income ladder, their affordability
attitudes change accordingly.
However, the age-affordability attitude
effect seems to be non-linear but still
present and clearly evident in the plot.
This ties in with my previous point.
Relatively inexperienced drivers are
highly likely to be in the younger
age groups (assuming they all start
legally driving at 18) and therefore
their negative attitudes towards EV
affordability reinforce their negative
attitudes towards its advantages
over conventional vehicles. Similar
policy implications arise here- create
information campaigns and targeted
incentive-driven policies that create
more positive attitudes towards EVs
and also encourage their adoptions.
Not just government, even
automobile companies can tailor
their marketing campaigns/discounts
towards the youth and change their
less favourable attitudes towards EV
affordability.

than 3 years of driving experience have the least favourable attitude

This could be due to a variety of reasons such as income, affordability p
which have been explored in the other plots. The key inference howe
get a clear indication of the group you need to target with EV aw
policies, incentives and government programmes that give subsidies o
will elaborate on this in a separate point).

ii. Following from the previous point, the affordability-age plot shows that young people
A - 291 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 43
are more likely to have negative attitudes towards affordability of EVs compared to
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

(iii) Environmental attitudes play a key (iv) Expectations matter. Perceptions of of Electric Vehicles. This should be
role in determining EV attitudes. future government policy support for combined with development of necessary
iii. Environmental attitudes playEVs
I have picked the “Driving electric a positively
key roleaffectsin determining
favourability of EV attitudes.
charging I have
infrastructure pickedrange
to address the
Environmental attitudes play a key role in determining EV attitudes. I have picked the
vehicles can reduce the current EV over conventional vehicles. Those anxiety. With Vehicle scrapping policy
“Driving
environmental electric
pollution” vehicles can
statement who reduce the current
fall in the Disagree environmental
and Neutral announced by pollution”
GoI and draftstatement
swappable
“Driving electric
because itvehicles can reduce the current
is more comprehensive category environmental
for their opinions onpollution”
future policystatement
in formulation, it will further push
because it than
and encompassing is morethe othercomprehensive and encompassing
government support for EV emerge as the than the
earlier otherof EVs.
adoption questions on
At the same
because itquestions
is more comprehensive
on environmental and encompassing
benefits. target groups here. than the other questions
Communication/ on
time, it is necessitated to consider the
The depiction in my plot shows that
environmental
environmental
benefits.
the groups
benefits. Theinformation
The intervention
that need depiction in my
depiction
and plot
reassure
campaigns that convince Battery safety features into account with
shows
in that
my of
the public
plot shows
thefuture
groups
that
largethat
the groups that need
need shifting to EVs, it shall
population
are those who ‘Disagree’ and are in government support to EVs can be be critical to specify the minimum safety
intervention theare
intervention
those
‘Neutral’ who when
category
are those
‘Disagree’ who ‘Disagree’
it comes and are in the
helpful
and are in the ‘Neutral’
here.‘Neutral’ category when
category
it comes
requirements
when it comes
related to Battery and
to their views on environmental The profiles and plots above show clear Battery Management systems.
to their views to
on their views
environmental on benefits
environmental
of EVs.ofbenefits
A ofand
EVs. A simple and generic conclusion is
benefits of EVs. A simple and indications EVsimple
attitude trends generic
and what conclusion
While Delhi, is Gujarat and Maharashtra
generic conclusion is that fostering could be influencing them
that fostering that fostering
pro-environment
pro-environment attitudespro-environment
attitudes
through throughattitudes
education through
and other education and other communication
are allocating substantial subsidies on
communication
purchase of EV’s to make upfront cost
education and other communication 6. Conclusion of EV comparable with ICE whereas
andcampaigns
campaignscampaigns thenand thenand
linking themthen
linking linking
with
them EVs them with
as anacross
EV policies integral EVs
states assubsidies
part
with anpro-environmental
of integral part of pro-environmental
some states like Tamil Nadu, Karnataka,
with EVs as an integral part of pro- and free registration along with Andhra Pradesh, Telangana are providing
consumer choice consumer
environmental choice can
can beconsumer
conducive tobe
choice conducive
more pro-EV
exemption on to more
attitudes.
income taxpro-EV attitudes.
for the loans incentives to attract investment for
can be conducive to more pro-EV taken towards purchase of EV shall setting up of EV manufacturing hubs by
attitudes. provide major impetus in faster adoption providing subsidies on capital investment
and rebate on taxes. As respective
Governments are doing their bit to
encourage and promote EV’s, it is now
up to consumers to evaluate and move
towards EVs.

References
https://e-amrit.niti.gov.in
https://www.transportpolicy.net/standard/
india-state-level-ev-policies/
https://www.autocarindia.com
https://morth.nic.in/
https://investindia.gov.in/
https://evreporter.com/

Expectations matter.
44 WATER and ENERGYPerceptions
INTERNATIONAL of future2022government policy support for EVs
December A - 291
iv. Expectations matter. Perceptions of future government policy support for EVs
positively affects favourability of EV over conventional vehicles. Those who fall in
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Study of A Steam Turbo Generator Foundation Structure

under Dynamic Load On Pile Support
Debi Prasad Das1, Diptesh Das2, Pijush Topdar3, Robin Kumar Biswas4 and Santu Matia5

ABSTRACT
The steam turbo generator foundation structure is one of the most vital structures in a power plant. Turbo generator
structure always stands under machine rotating dynamic load, huge dead load, live load, short circuit load, etc. Out of
all, analysis of structures considering rotating load, heavy dead load, and earthquake load with soil-structure interaction
is a very challenging task. So, proper analysis of the structure considering critical load conditions is very essential for
the design of a foundation. In the literature review, it has been seen that most of the papers are related to the optimum
solution of mass turbo generator, dynamic participation factor, code-based analysis, vibration difficulties, and numerical
model of low capacity turbo generator (TG) structure on a fixed support. However, dynamic analysis of massive turbo
generator structures on a group of pile support is very rare. In this case, responses of a 660MW foundation structure
are analyzed under dynamic loads such as the rotating load of TG and earthquake along with the dead and live load.
Modelling and analyses of the TG foundations have been done using finite element-based software. The meshing
of soil has been done according to the shear wave velocity and the seismic excitation. Comparison of responses on
a fixed base and pile support condition have been compared. The most critical region of the foundation is between
bearing 3 and bearing 4 of TG.
Keywords: Turbo Generator Structure, Soil-Structure Interaction, RCC structure, Dynamic Analysis.

1. INTRODUCTION
Maximum power is generated from
steam turbine in India and remaining
power is generated throw solar power,
nuclear power, hydal power plant etc.
Steam turbine foundation is one of the
vital structures of a power plant. Steam
Turbine foundation is one of the vital
structures of a power plant. Most of the
TG foundations designer fallows the load
combination as per IS: 2974(Part-3), ACI
-351-3R-04 and ACI-318 to design the
rotary machine foundations. Design not
only depends upon load combinations.
It also depends upon the size of the
machines, sources of loads, nearby
structures, supporting conditions beneath
the foundation, bearing location, weight,
size of types of machinery, etc. Other
conditions are needed to improve the
design, which has an essential role in the
design. Such conditions are properties
of soil, the rise of water level under the
foundation and interference effect of a
nearby structure, etc. In this context,
some of the important works in literature
are as follows.
Ghandil and Behnamfar (2015) proposed a
simple method of soil structure interaction
(SSI) modelling to identify the behavior of
soil surrounding the foundations where
zones are linear equivalent and effect of
inertial forces. Dhait et al. (2015) found
out the most critical load combination is
the loss of blade condition/bearing failure
condition. The highest natural frequency
of foundation found out around 1371.60
revolutions per minute (rpm) in a 3000
rpm TG machine. The difference between
machine speed & natural frequencies
is 54.28%. Sinha et al. (2016) showed
the vibration pattern of the steam turbo-
generator set during shut down, and
it has a significant role in the failure.
Thakare and Rangari (2015) carried out
seismic analysis of the turbo generator
foundation by changing zone factor and
supporting conditions from fixed to pin.
With change in the seismic zone there
was no significant change in natural
frequencies. Eskandari et al. (2016)
investigated the behaviour of ID Fans
under combined loading conditions. From
the finite element modelling, it has found
that effect of dynamic loading is much
higher than the effect of static loading.
Also, it has been seen that stress is 2.5
times and deflection is 10 times higher
in dynamic loading compared to static
loading. Tabatabaiefar and Fatahi (2014)
studied that inelasticity of soil structure
interaction of multi-storied building
and inelastic bending had simulated in
structural elements by specifying a limiting
plastic moment. Shear wave velocity is
quite significant under magnitude 320m/s
of a lower shear modulus of cohesive
soil. Padro t al. (2009) studied the
dynamic soil interaction between nearby
pile-supported structures under incident
of S and Rayleigh waves. Also, found
the dynamic behavior of asymmetric
structure for interference effect of the
nearby structures. Sienkiewicz and
Wilczytisk (1993) considered a certain
weight of rectangular machine foundation

1. Sr. Technical Officer, CSIR-CMERI, Durgapur, India

2. Associate Professor, NIT Durgapur, Durgapur, India
3. Associate Professor, NIT Durgapur, Durgapur, India
4. Ex Chief Scientist, CSIR-CMERI, Durgapur, India
5. Department of Civil Engineering, Ex Student, M. Tech, NIT, Durgapur, India

A - 292 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 45

w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
for design and found responses under
sinusoidal load. Hawwa (1998) proposed
a method for vibration isolation and filter
action of a foundation having a periodic
structure, which is used to attempt the
elimination of certain frequency bands.
In this case, shallow trenches are
considered on a rigid bedrock base to
obstruct the propagation of shear wave
velocity. Ahmad et al. (1996) introduced
open trenches as in a foundation for active
isolation of machine vibration. Found out
the cause of the amplitude reduction
ratio. These depend on the depth of
trench, size of the footing, source, and
distance barrier (open trench) of the
source. Silva et al. (2002) tried to found
a formula for optimal design to minimize
the structural cost of vibrating machine
with soil structure interaction. To calculate
the derivative of composite function finite
difference method is used. Lakshmanan
and Gopalakrishnan (2007) suggested
a procedure for the computation of the
amplitudes of vibration for all modes
lying in the resonant region. Also found
that, between 0.8 times to 1.2 time of
operating speed is the resonant range of
a rotary machine. Kaltungo et al. (2015)
experimented in a vibratory rig to find
higher order spectra for faults diagnosis
of rotating machines. Ettles et al. (1974)
developed a computer programme that
can find out detect bearing misalignment
causes of turbo generator sets. Wang
et al. (2012) analyzed a 1000MW turbo
generator structure by using software
to find out different mode shapes and
natural frequencies. To control linear
displacement and reduce the self-weight,
multi-alternative optimization is used.
Petr et al. (2015) proposed reliability and
analyzed components of steel structure
supported a turbo generator. Sun and
Zhang (2012) optimized the size of
the structure and reduced the precise
quantity of material. They have tried to
improve dynamic performances and
reduction of the amplitude of vibration.
Dutta and Roy (2002) reviewed the effect
of soil-structure interaction under both
static and dynamic loading and various
alternative model of SSI.
The various covered area is the inelastic
behavior of soil, properties of soil,
failure criteria of structure, critical load
combinations, finite element modelling,
46 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
the effect of shear wave velocity, effect
of open trenches in foundation, bearing
misalignment, reliability of the structure,
optimization of the size of structure, the
effect of small raft supported structure,
etc. Also, most of the journals addressed
a very small unit of structure in fixed base
condition. None of the paper analyzed a
high capacity power plant TG structure.
Therefore, in this paper analysis of
high capacity (660MW) turbo generator
machine foundation structure under
dynamic rotating load and seismic load
have been addressed by Villaverde
(2009). A critical small portion of analysis
of raft type foundation over pile supported
structures has been shown.
2. THEORETICAL
DEVELOPMENT
The soil medium considered extension
beyond the foundation width as five
times the width of foundation in all five
sides of foundation. The soil layers are
considered as elastic up to infinite depth
and length beyond the five times soil
boundary limit. The effect of (i) dead load
and rotating load of high-speed machine,
(ii) dead load and near field ground
motion combinations, have been studied.
Seismic analysis has been done using
a near field horizontal ground motion
such as Chi-Chi. Dynamic time history
analysis of the TG machine foundation
analysis has been carried out considering
machine dead weight. Also, dynamic
analysis of structure has been carried
out considering speed of rotation around
3000 rpm with a certain time period. The
most commonly used foundations in the
industry, are block foundation and frame
foundations. For TG foundations mainly
framed type foundations are used. Turbo
generator machine is supported over
a number of bearings. From bearings
loads are propagated throughout the
structure. Raft foundation is directly
propagating the structural responses into
the soil. In this case loads are transferred
through the connected pile groups to
the rock layer at the bottom. Kinematic
interaction is the effect that occurs by the
change in the wave propagation medium
in the form of a different density and
elasticity. It induces a difference in the
wave propagation velocity, reflection and
refraction of the incoming seismic waves
(scattering effect) as these waves reach
the soil-foundation interface. It represents
the difference of structural response,
which has obtained when this response
is based on the free field ground motion.
The inertial interaction effect is the
flexibility and energy dissipation capability
of a supporting medium. It has been
seen that for ground motion, the structure
supported by the flexible medium with pile
interaction is quite different from the other
types of supporting mediums. Interaction
effect is affected by the stiffness of the
supporting medium. The top view of the
finite element model and isometric view
have been shown in Fig. 1 and Fig. 2,
respectively.
3. NUMERICAL EXAMPLE
TG foundation is a framed structure
of reinforced concrete construction
comprising of base raft (pile cap), columns
and a top deck. The top deck supports
the steam turbine and Generator.
The condenser rests over pedestals
on the base raft. TG foundation is a
framed structure of reinforced concrete
construction comprising of base raft
(pile cap), columns and top deck. Top
deck supports the steam turbine and
Generator. The condenser rests over
pedestals on base raft. The dimension of
the top deck is about 48 m in length, 14.5
m in width at turbine end and 10.80 m
width at the generator end. The elevation
of top deck is varying from elevation EL
(+)15.85 m to EL (+) 16.50 m (w.r.t FFL of
EL (±)0.00 m). Top level of base raft (pile
cap) is chosen considering clearance
for piping and adjoining structures. The
overall length of base raft (pile cap) is
48.10 m, 14.60 m wide in turbine portion
and 10.90 m wide in Generator area. The
base raft is supported over piles.
The main part of the RCC structure
consists of the top deck, columns,
bottom raft and circular pile. Diameter
of the pile is considered 760mm.
Spacing of pile is 2.45m c/c in the
transverse direction and 2.28m c/c in
the longitudinal direction. The grade of
concrete is considered M35. The grade
of steel is used Fe500. The thickness of
the raft is considered as 3m. The value
of static and dynamic elastic modulus
are used, as given by Indian Standard
2974 (Part 3) (1992).
A - 292
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

In this case, fixed base analysis and soil-

structure interaction were done where
around 158.125m depth of soil divided
in multilayer by using DEEPSOILv7.0
software. The underlying soil has been
modelled as per elasto-plastic Mohr-
Coulomb modeling. Before applying
forces on the ANSYS model [Fig.3],
Fig. 1 Fig.
: Top1 : Top
Fig. view view
1 : Top of of
view of finite
finite element
finite element
element model
model
model of foundation
of TG TG foundation
of TG foundation earthquake motions have deconvoluted
as per the considered depth of soil
boundary. The rest of the soil, beyond the
depth of 158.125m up to the infinite limit
has given the property of unique stiffness
of soft soil. The properties used in the
analysis of soft soil have been taken
from PLAXIS 3D, Structx.com, and a few
experimental results. (Table 1)
During modelling, few steps have been
considered based on available power
plant data of 660 MW TG. Meshing in
modeling at most of the portion of model
done as hexa type, this is concentrated
in unidirectional. In the boundary line, the
mesh is considered as tetra type. The soil is
considered multilayer, and deconvolution
Fig. 2 : Isometric
Fig. view
2 : Isometric viewof
of TG foundation
TG foundation (660MW)
(660MW) solid model
solid model

ERICAL EXAMPLE

dation is a framed structure of reinforced concrete construction comprising of base raft (pile cap),
and a top deck. The top deck supports the steam turbine and Generator. The condenser rests over
on the base raft. TG foundation is a framed structure of reinforced concrete construction comprising of
(pile cap), columns and top deck. Top deck supports the steam turbine and Generator. The condenser
Fig.on2 base
r pedestals : Isometric
raft. The view of TG
dimension of foundation
the top deck is(660MW)
about 48 msolid model
in length, 14.5 m in width at
nd and 10.80 m width at the generator end. The elevation of top deck is varying from elevation EL
m to EL (+) 16.50 m (w.r.t FFL of EL (±)0.00 m). Top level of base raft (pile cap) is chosen
EXAMPLE
ng clearance for piping and adjoining structures. The overall length of base raft (pile cap) is 48.10 m,
wide in turbine portion and 10.90 m wide in Generator area. The base raft is supported over piles.
apart
framed structure
of the RCC structureofconsists
reinforced concrete
of the top construction
deck, columns, bottom raft comprising of base
and circular pile. raftof(pile cap),
Diameter
ps considered
deck. The760mm.top deck supports
Spacing the2.45m
of pile is steam turbine
c/c in and Generator.
the transverse direction andThe condenser
2.28m c/c in the rests over
nal direction. The grade of concrete is considered M35. The grade of steel is used Fe500. The thickness
se raft. TG foundation is a framed structure of reinforced concrete construction comprising of
t is considered as 3m. The value of static and dynamic elastic modulus are used, as given by Indian
),2974
columns
(Part 3) and top deck. Top deck supports the steam turbine and Generator. The condenser
(1992).
s on base raft. The dimension of the top deck is about 48 m in length, 14.5 m in width at
0.80 m width at the generator end. The elevation of top deck is varying from elevation EL
(+) 16.50 m (w.r.t FFL of EL (±)0.00 m). Top level of base raft (pile cap) is chosen
nce for piping and adjoining structures. Theof overall lengthdetailed
of base raft (pile cap) is 48.10 m,
Fig. 3 :3 Plan
Fig. : Planof TG deckslab
TG deck slabwith
with detailed dimensions
dimensions
rbine portion and 10.90 m wide in Generator area. The base raft is supported over piles.
Table 1: Reinforcement provided in the critical beam in junction of Turbine and generator
In this case, fixed base analysis and soil-structure interaction were done where around 158.125m depth of soil
he RCC structure
divided in consists of
by the
Longitudinal
multilayer top
Bars
using deck, columns,
DEEPSOILv7.0 bottom
software. raft Shear
and circular
The underlying pile.modeled
Reinforcement
soil has been Diameter ofelasto-
as per
Top, Asc Bottom, Ast Side face, As Outer Stirrup Inner Stirrup (vertical) Inner stirrups (Lateral)
red 760mm. Spacing
plastic of pile is 2.45m c/c2 in the transverse direction and 2.28m c/c in the have
Mohr-Coulomb modeling. Before applying forces on the ANSYS model [Fig.4], earthquake motions
11781 mm2
deconvoluted as per 11781
the 4398 mmof soil boundary.
16mm dia 16mm
soil,dia 16 of
mm dia
on. The grade
24 nos. of concrete
25mm dia is  considered
considered
24
depth
nos. M35.
25mm diaThe
14 grade
nos 20mm
The rest ofis
ofdiasteel
2
the
leggedused
@250mm
beyond
Fe500.
c/c
the depth
The
2
158.125m
thickness
legged @250mm c/c
up
to the infinite limit has given the property of unique stiffness of soft soil. The properties used in the analysis of
dered as soft
3m.soil
The
havevalue of static
been taken and dynamic
from PLAXIS elastic and
3D, Structx.com, modulus are used, results.
a few experimental as given by Indian
rt 3) (1992).
A - 292 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 47
Table 1: Reinforcement provided in the critical beam in junction of Turbine and generator
Longitudinal Bars Shear Reinforcement
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

of the earthquake spectrum is done in Maximum deformation, equivalent stress, Table 5: Maximum unbalance load on
DEEP SOIL software. A dynamic load has and maximum shear stress have been bearing position under rotating load
been applied as per rpm and machine seen under a load of Imperial valley
dead weight with sinusoidal force. Since ground motion. However, maximum Maximum unbalance load
the rotating element gives a dynamic principal stress, total velocity, and total Bearing Fy Fz Resultant
effect, time history analysis has been acceleration have been seen under the points (kN) (kN) load (kN)
performed for this rotating element. Time rotating dynamic load.
taken for the complete cycle is 0.02 sec. Top deck responses of structure on pile 1 74 108 39.279
This cycle has repeated until the natural support has been shown in Table 4.
period of the foundation has reached. 2 126 65 42.533
Support responses on pile increase a few
Further, this one cycle has divided into times more compared to fixed support 3 176 95 60.001
10 parts, each of time intervals 0.002 except for a few cases. In pile support 4 180 92 60.645
sec. Rotation considered of 660 MW TG structure become more flexible, so
and revolution considered 3000 rpm. The responses increases. 5 159 72 52.263
dead load has been applied on the TG
Maximum unbalanced rotating dynamic 6 130 65 43.603
deck and bearings as per Table 2.
load on bearing positions have been 7 94 66 34.457
Table 2 : Dead load of Machine shown in Table 5. Responses have been
shown along the longitudinal axis (Z axis) 8 62 61 26.093
Mass of Component
and transverse direction (Y axis) which
Component Mass (Kg) Fundamental frequencies have been
is perpendicular to axis of the turbine.
shown in Table 6. In X, Z and Y direction
Rotor Shaft 260810 Maximum load has been noticed in
three types of fundamental frequencies
Generator Rotor 86350 Y-direction in bearing 4 and maximum
have been noticed in 1st mode, 2nd mode
load in Z direction has been seen in
HP Turbine Casing 229132 and 35th mode respectively in different
bearing 1. Maximum resultant load act on
IP Turbine Casing 299092 rpm. Natural frequency calculated at
bearing 4 where the beam and columns
the speed of 90.54rpm, 123.3 rpm and
LP Turbine casing 94712 are also under tremendous loads. In this
1315.2 rpm.
critical position responses beam and
Generator Casing 501600
column have been shown in Table 7 and
Exciter 26950 Table 8, respectively.
In this study, x-axis is parallel to turbine
Table 3: Responses of structure on fixed base condition
shaft axis, y-axis is parallel to the
column axis and z-axis is considered   Imperial Valley Chi Chi Dynamic Load
perpendicular to the x-y axis. The dynamic ground motion ground F= mSin(ωt),
load has applied to the perpendicular motion 50Hz rpm
plane of the axis of the turbine at yz
Total deformations (mm) 40.93 36.7 27.12
plane, and the dynamic response for
this time intervals has been calculated Equivalent Stress (Mpa) 19.515 15.416 12.653
at every node using ANSYS software. Maximum Shear Stress (Mpa) 11.867 8.199 6.545
The properties of near fault Chi Chi
Maximum Principal Stress (Mpa) 3.785 2.635 4.345
(Taiwan-1999) earthquake as Mw 7.62,
distance 26.67 km, PGA 0.831g, and Total velocity (mm/s) 27.988 8.039 70.564
PGV 129.55cm/s have been considered Total Accelerations (mm/s )2
38.604 119.717 91.946
in this study. Also, the properties of
near-fault Imperial Valley (Coachela- Table 4 : Responses of structure on pile supported condition
1940) earthquake as Mw 6.53, distance   Imperial Valley Chi Chi Dynamic Load
50.10 km, PGA 0.115g, and PGV 12.50 ground motion ground F= mSin(ωt),
cm/s have been considered in the input motion 50Hz rpm
motion in loading.
Total deformations (mm) 111.54 72.384 55.818
4. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Equivalent Stress (Mpa) 18.899 9.657 16.781
The comparison of responses of TG
Maximum Shear Stress (Mpa) 7.841 4.595 8.891
structure has been done under Imperial
valley ground motion, Chi Chi ground Maximum Principal Stress (Mpa) 7.377 4.43 9.008
motion, and rotating dynamic load of Total velocity (mm/s) 76.464 53.799 244.95
the turbine. Fixed base responses of
Total Accelerations (mm/s2) 79.435 184.12 485.38
top deck have been shown in Table 3.

48 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 A - 292

 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Table 6 : Fundamental frequency of the vertical direction is 166.903 MT and During shutdown conditions and gear-up
TG structure the maximum pile reaction in the lateral conditions, the rotational speed of the
direction is 5.55 MT. It has been seen that turbine in the range such as 90.54rpm,
Natural
Mode no tension developed in the underneath 1315.2rpm, and 123.3 rpm must be
Frequency Direction
No. pile. overcome very fast to avoid resonance
(Hz) (rpm) conditions of 660MW TG.
1 1.509 90.54 X
5. CONCLUSIONS
Static and dynamic analysis is equally
35 21.92 1315.2 Y Maximum shear stress reduces with
important for RCC foundations to avoid
the interaction of pile support compared
2 2.055 123.3 Z failure under responses of torsion, shear,
to fixed support under the horizontal
moment, etc. effects in a different plane.
Responses of the beam have been shown response of ground motions. However,
in Table 7. In this case, a comparison of shear forces increase by 35% under a REFERENCES
responses under static load and dynamic rotating dynamic load in the interaction 1. Ahmad, S., Hussaini, T. M., and
load has been done. It is observed that of pile support compared to fixed base Fishman, K. L., (1996). Investigation
responses have been increased under conditions. on active isolation of machine
rotating dynamic load in case of the Equivalent shear stress reduces to foundations by open trenches, J.
moment in the Y direction, Shear in Y & some extent with the interaction of piles Geotech. Engrg., ASCE,Vol. 122,
Z direction, and equivalent moment in under a load of the horizontal component pp. 454-461.
Y direction compared to static loading of ground motion. Equivalent shear
2. Dhait, V. B., Parbat, D. K., and
condition. stress increases by 32% in pile support
Ambade, B. R., (2015). Geotechnical
Reinforcement detailing, shear force, compared to the fixed base.
Aspects In Modelling Framed Type
and bending moment of one of the critical Responses such as total deformation, Foundation For 210, International
column in an intermediate position of Principle stress, velocity, and acceleration Journal of Modern Trends in
the TG raft has been shown in Table 8. increase quite high in the interaction of Engineering and research, Vol. 2,
The bending moment in the transverse pile support compared to fixed support. pp. 127-132.
direction compared to the longitudinal A designer must take extra care for the 3. Dutta, S. C., and Roy, R., (2002).
direction is 76% higher. design of the deck-beam-column within A critical review on idealization
During analysis, pile reaction has been the region of Bearing 3 and bearing 4 to and modeling for interaction
calculated. The maximum pile reaction in avoid huge unbalance responses. among soil-foundation-structure
system, Computers and Structures,
Table 7 : Responses of critical beam between turbine generator junction Elsevier,Vol. 80, pp. 1579-1594.
Beam Case 1 (for Case 2 (for % difference 4. Eskandari, H., Nik, M. G., and Pakzad,
Static load) Rotating load) A., (2016). Foundation analyzing of
Torsional Moment (T) 902 415 53.99 centrifugal ID fans in cement plants,
Alexandria Engineering Journal,
Moment (Mz) 2834 2785 1.73
Elsevier,Vol. 55, pp. 1563–1572.
Moment (My) 136 1619 -1090.44
5. Ettles, C., Wells D. E., Stokes,
Shear (Fy) 37 294 -694.59 M., and Matthewss, J. C., (1974).
Shear (Fz) 122 783 -541.8 Investigation of bearing misalignment
Equivalent Moment (Mze) 4028 3334 17.23 problems in a 500MW Turbo-
generator set, Proc.Lnstn. Mech.
Equivalent Moment (Mye) 136 1619 -1090.44 Engrs., Vol. 188, pp. 403-419.
Equivalent Shear (Vye) 805 294 63.48
6. Ghandil, M., and Behnamfar, F.,
Equivalent Shear (Vze) 890 783 12.02 (2015). The near-field method for
dynamic analysis of structures on
Table 8 : Response of critical column under dynamic load soft soils including inelastic soil–
structure interaction, Soil Dynamics
Column size 2600mm (Length) 1200mm (Breadth)
and Earthquake Engineering,
Main reinforcement 44nos. 32mm dia. Elsevier, vol. 75, pp. 1–17.
Tie Reinforcement @300 mm c/c 8mm dia.
7. Hawwa, M.A., (1998). Vibration
Maximum Shear Force (Pz) 64477 kN isolation of machine foundations by
Maximum Bending Moment (Mz) 10011 kNm periodic trenches, J. Eng. Mech.,
Maximum Bending Moment (My) 17597 kNm ASCE, Vol. 124, pp. 422-427.

A - 292 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 49

w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

8. Kaltungo, A. Y., Sinha, J. K. and
Nembhard, A. D., (2015). Use of
composite higher order spectra for
faults diagnosis of rotating machines
with different foundation flexibilities,
Measurement, Elsevier, Vol. 70, pp.
47-61.
9. Lakshmanan, N., and Gopalakrishnan
N., (2007). New Design Approach for
Computing Peak Dynamic Response
of Turbo Generator Pedestals Using
Modal Synthesis, Pract. Period.
Struct. Des. Constr., Elsevier, Vol.
12, pp. 31-37.
10. Padro, L. A., Aznarez, J. J., and
Maeso, O., (2009). Dynamic
structure–soil–structure interaction
between nearby piled buildings
under seismic excitation by BEM–
FEM model, Soil Dynamics and
Earthquake Engineering, Elsevier,
Vol. 29, pp. 1084-1096.
11. Petr, T., Alena, T., and Jana, M., (2015).
Assessment of Reliability and Overall
Lifetime of the Turbo Generator in
the Kamyk Power Station, Applied
Mechanics and Materials, Vol. 732, response of mid-rise building frames,
pp. 297-300. Soil Dynamics and Earthquake
Engineering, Elsevier, Vol. 66, pp.
12. Sienkiewicz, Z., and Wilczytiski, B.,
339–351.
(1993). Minimum weight design of
machine foundation under vertical 17. Thakare, A. U. and Rangari, S. M.,
load, J. Eng. Mech., ASCE, Vol. 119, (2015). Effect of Seismic Parameters
pp. 1781-1797. on analysis of Turbo Generator
Foundation, International Journal of
13. Silva, M. A., Arora, J. S., Swan, C. C.,
Engineering Research & Technology,
and Brasil, R., (2002). Optimization
Vol. 4, pp. 293-398.
of Elevated Concrete Foundations for
Vibrating Machines, J. Struct. Eng., 18. Wang, B., Cao, D., Yang, Y., Xu, C.,
ASCE, Vol. 128, pp. 1470-1479. and Qian, H., (2012). Numerical
Analysis and Optimization on
14. Sinha, J. K., Hahn, W., Elbhbahand,
Dynamic Performance of Large
K., Obi-Mgbam, K.G., (2016).
Turbo Generator Frame Foundation,
Vibration of a steam turbo-generator
Applied Mechanics and Materials,
(TG) set during shutdown period,
Vol. 166-169, pp. 720-724.
Elsevier, Vol. 90, pp. 36–42.
19. IS 2974-Part 3, (1992). Design
15. Sun, Y., and Zhang, Q., (2012).
and Construction of Machine
Study on Optimization of Dynamic
Foundations-Foundations for Rotary
Characteristics of Turbo Generator
type machines (Medium and High
Foundation, Advanced Materials
Frequency), Bureau of Indian
Research, Vol. 625, pp. 45-52.
Standards, New Delhi.
16. Tabatabaiefar, H. R., and Fatahi, B.,
20. Villaverde R., (2009). Fundamental
(2014). Idealizations of soil-structure
Concepts of Earthquake Engineering,
system to determine inelastic seismic
CRC Press, New York.

your feedback will Help us to improve the

water & energy International Journal
(Please send your feedback/query to feedback@cbip.org)
• The Water & Energy International monthly journal has been introduced with an objective to
facilitate the readers getting quickly the latest information with respect to development in these
areas.
• The new journal regularly covers special features on development activities in three important
sectors i.e., Water Resources, Power and Renewable Energy and Allied Sectors.
• CBIP will be too pleased to get feed back from its members/other professionals. This will help
in accentuating its value additions and also help in disseminating of knowledge to its readers
in a better manner.

50 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 A - 292

 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Floating Solar Photovoltaic Systems : An Overview and its

Feasibility Study at the Malampuzha Reservoir, Kerala

Resmi G1 Vinod V.2 Pradip C.3 Arun T.A.4 Sumodh B.4 Aravind R.4

Abstract
Renewable energy sources such as wind, geothermal, and hydro have unique location-based criteria, whereas solar
energy plants can be installed almost everywhere. The population is growing and land supply is dwindling, hence land
prices are rising. As a result, procuring land for a terrestrial solar power plant is very expensive and challenging, especially
in densely populated areas. Floating solar power plant (FSPV) is an innovative approach using photovoltaic (PV) energy
generation. PV modules float on top of water bodies to conserve land and also increase the efficiency of PV modules due
to evaporative cooling. It can also reduce the evaporation loss from the installed waterbody. This paper focuses on the
Floating Solar technology and the feasibility of installing a 2 MW FSPV plant at Malampuzha reservoir, Kerala. A 2 MW
FSPV plant at Malampuzha reservoir can generate 29,93,000 kWh energy per year and reduce up to 2364.47 tonnes of
CO2 emissions per year.
Keywords : Floating solar PV, solar energy, renewable energy, Malampuzha reservoir

I. INTRODUCTION
India is the world’s second-most populated
country and has the world’s sixth-largest
economy. India is the world’s third-largest
consumer of energy with the installed
power capacity reaching 399.4 GW as of
March 2022. India’s power sector is one of
the most like oil, natural gas, coal, lignite,
hydro, and nuclear power to viable non-
conventional sources like solar, wind, and
agricultural and domestic waste. Fossil
fuels account for around 59% of India’s
installed electrical generation capacity,
while renewable energy accounts for
only about 39%. Solar energy accounts
for 14% of India’s total energy generation
and is currently the most widely used
renewable energy source in the country
[15]. It is estimated that implementing
FSPV technology in 3.8% of India’s
hydropower reservoirs can generate
66.56 TWh of energy [9]. So it is evident
that FSPV is an emerging PV technology
with great potential.
FSPV systems generally consist of
conventional solar modules mounted on
floaters, which provide buoyancy to the
whole arrangement while anchored to
the bottom of the water body. There are
numerous advantages to floating solar
such as:
• Land saving: The fundamental
advantage of hybrid FSPVs is that
no agricultural, forest or costly land
is required. PV modules are mounted
on existing water infrastructure such
as dams, reducing the amount of
land needed [4].
• Improved efficiency: The cooling
impact of the water on the solar cells
fosters improved energy conversion
efficiency [10].
• Reduced evaporation: The FSPV
system provides shading to the water
surface and can reduce evaporation
from reservoirs, which is crucial for
arid regions [5].
• Easy integration with Hydroelectric
Power Plant: FSPV could complement
the existing hydroelectric production
and could provide electricity in
conjunction with the existing
generators of the hydroelectric
plant[3].
• Improved Water Quality: Improved
water quality as a result of lower
photosynthesis and algal growth [2].
• Simple Installation and
decommissioning: FPV plants are
more compact than land-based
facilities, have simpler management,
and are easier to construct and
decommission. The significant
characteristic is that no fixed
structures exist, and the anchoring
of floating systems is completely

1. Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NSS College of Engineering Palakkad

2. Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, NSS College of Engineering Palakkad
3. Associate Professor, Department of Electrical Engineering, NSS College of Engineering Palakkad
4. B. Tech graduate, Department of Civil Engineering, NSS College of Engineering Palakkad

A - 293 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 51

 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

reversible, unlike foundations utilised Other materials such as fibre-reinforced The FSPV plant covers 5000m3 of the
for land-based plants [1]. plastic (FRP), medium density polyethene Banasura Sagar dam Reservoir area. The
• Less dust effect: Areas with a lot of (MDPE), and Ferro-cement have been total number of panels used in the FSPV
solar energy potential tend to be arid used. plant is 1950 panels. And, the capacity
and dusty. So in comparison to land- of each panel is 260 W. Therefore,
D. Cables and Connectors the total capacity of the FSPV plant is
based PV plants, floating PV systems
work in a low dust environment [2]. Electricity is drawn from the solar panels about 500 kWp. The project employs
and transported to the land. The power 20 Ferro-cement floating platforms, 17
II. COMPONENTS OF AN FSPV can be either fed to the grid or stored in of which are secondary platforms with
SYSTEM batteries. [2]. dimensions of 21m x 13.1m x 1.0m and
the remaining three are mother platforms
A. PV Modules and Supporting III. A CASE STUDY with dimensions of 23m x 15.2 x 1.0m.
structures CONDUCTED ON THE
The secondary platforms are cast on
A PV system converts solar energy into BANASURA SAGAR FSPV top of the mother platform. The mother
electrical energy using PV modules and PLANT platform is pumped with water and sunk
additional power conditioning equipment The Banasura Sagar Dam is located to launch the secondary platform to the
[8]. The supporting structures hold the 21 kilometres from Kalpetta in Kerala’s surface of the water. Ferro-cement with
PV modules at a desirable tilt angle. Wayanad District. It is India’s largest a mortar ratio of 1:3 is used to construct
(Figure 1) earthen dam and Asia’s second-largest. these floating platforms. A total number
B. Pontoon/ Floating Structure The spillway is located on the right bank of 20 air compartments are provided in
of the original river course, adjacent to each floating platform to make them stay
A pontoon is a floating structure with the main dam. F.R.L (Full reservoir level) afloat. The cost required for constructing
sufficient buoyancy to float on water and has a water spread area of 12.77 km2. these floating platforms is estimated to
carry a heavy load. The floating platform Banasura Sagar Dam has a catchment be 2 crores. The total cost of the FSPV
should support the weight of solar panels area of 61.44 km2. Kuttyadi Augmentation project in the Banasura Sagar dam is
and other electrical components. The Project (Banasura Sagar) Reservoir has 9.29 crores. (Figure 2)
most common material utilised in the a gross storage capacity of 209 Mm3
majority of FSPV power plants around the and a live storage capacity of 185 Mm3. IV. FEASIBILITY STUDY OF
llation and
world decommissioning: FPV
is HDPE (high-density plants are more compact than land-based facilities, have
polyethene). INSTALLING A 2 MW FSPV
The reservoir’s water is diverted to the
agement,Other
and materials
are easiersuch
to construct and decommission.
as fibre-reinforced The significant characteristic is PLANT
reservoir of the Kuttiyadi.
that IN MALAMPUZHA
ructures plastic
exist,(FRP),
and medium
the anchoring of floating
density polyethene systems is completely reversible, unlike
RESERVOIR
utilised for land-based
(MDPE), plants [1]. have been Hydroelectric
and Ferro-cement
Project via an
interconnecting tunnel. The diverted The Malampuzha Project was the first
used.
ect: Areas with a lot of solar energy potential water tend to be arid
is used and dusty.
to generate So inatcomparison
electricity the large-scaleto irrigation project in the
V plants,C. floating
Mooring Systemwork in a low dust
PV systems Theenvironment
secondary platforms
Kutyadi Power [2]. are cast on top of the mother
Station. The dam’s highest ancient platform.
Madras State’sThe mother
Malabar platform is pu
District.
andpoint
sunk isto 778.50
launch the secondary
metres. The platform
spillway’sto the
Thesurface
projectof was
the water.
startedFerro-cement
in 1949 and with a mor
A pontoon is a floating structure with
used to construct
crest these m.
level is 767.00 floating platforms.
The spillway hasA total numberinof 1966.
completed 20 air The
compartments
Malampuzhaare provided
AN FSPV sufficient
SYSTEM buoyancy to float on water and
platform to make
a capacity themmstay
of 1664 3
/s. afloat. The cost required
Projectfor constructing
comprises these floating
a masonry platforms is
dam across
carry a heavy load. The floating platformcrores. The total cost of the FSPV project in the Banasura Sagar dam is 9.29 crores.
should support the weight of solar panels
supporting structures
and other electrical components. The
convertsmostsolarcommon
energymaterial
into electrical
utilised in energy
the using PV modules and additional power
ent [8]. The supporting
majority structures
of FSPV power plantshold thethe
around PV modules at a desirable tilt angle.
world is HDPE (high-density polyethene).

Fig. 1 : Schematic
ig. 1 - Schematic representation
representation of a typical
of a typical large-scaleFSPV
large-scale FSPV system [6]
system [6] Fig.
Fig.22- :Banasura
BanasuraSagar
Sagar dam
dam satellite view
satellite view

g Structure
52 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL IV. FEASIBILITY
December 2022 STUDY OF INSTALLING A 2 MW FSPV PLANT IN MALAMPUZHA RESERVOIR A - 293
floating structure with sufficient buoyancy to The
floatMalampuzha
on water and carry a heavy load. The
Project was the first large-scale irrigation project in the ancient Madras
ould support the weight of solar panels andDistrict.
other electrical components.
The project was started inThe most
1949 common in 1966. The Malampuzha Project com
and completed
otal cost of the FSPV project in the Banasura Sagar dam is 9.29 crores.
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

the Malampuzha River, a tributary of the Table 1 : Features of Malampuzha Dam Malampuzha reservoir were
Bharathapuzha, and a canal system to obtained from the “Global Solar Atlas
Features Values
irrigate a 21.349-hectare region. The 2.0”, a free, web-based application
stream is located between 76°39’ and Top Bank-Level 117.35 m developed and operated by the
76°42’ longitude and 10°48’ and 10°55’ Maximum Water Level 115.06 m company Solargis s.r.o. on behalf
latitude. Malampuzha Dam is a straight (M.W.L) of the World Bank Group, utilizing
gravity dam with an earthen saddle. The Full Reservoir Level 115.06 m Solargis data, with funding provided
top width of masonry is 4.87 m and its (F.R.L) by the Energy Sector Management
length of masonry portion is 1626.71 Assistance Program (ESMAP). [12]
Minimum Drawdown 91.44 m
m and the earthen portion is 222.20 m. • Bathymetric survey data was
Level
The bottom width of the dam is 21.336 collected from the 2019 Integrated
m. The maximum height of the dam Dead Storage Capacity 12.40 Mm 3
Bathymetric System Survey carried
from its lowest foundation is 38.1 m. The Gross Storage Capacity 226 Mm3 out by Kerala Engineering Research
probable maximum flood of the dam is Freeboard over F.R.L 2.29 m Institute, Peechi.
360 cumecs. [11]
Reservoir Area at F.R.L 22 Km2 Collected data were analysed to arrive
The dam is equipped with four spillway at different conclusions for designing the
Freeboard over M.W.L 2.50 m
shutters. The total length of the spillway FSPV plant at the Malampuzha reservoir.
is 55 m. Adjoining Fig.the 2 -sluices
Banasura Sagar
of the A.damData satellite viewand Analysis Some of the key areas of data analysis
collection
Left Bank canal, 2.5 MW small Hydro
Extensive data collection and analysis conducted were:
Power generation has been set up by
TY STUDY OF INSTALLING
Kerala State Electricity A2 MWApart
Board. FSPV PLANT
from
are IN MALAMPUZHA
required to select the most suitable (1) Solar Irradiance
RESERVOIR
location for an FPV plant in the
ampuzhairrigation,
Projectthe water
was thefromfirstthelarge-scale
reservoir is irrigation project in the ancient Madras
Malampuzha reservoir. For this purpose, Data State's
on solarMalabar
irradiance at the proposed
treated and distributed as drinking water
project was started in 1949 and completed indifferent 1966.dataThefromMalampuzha Project comprises
various governmental a masonry
water surface is critical because solar
by the water authority. The reservoir’s
he Malampuzha River, a tributary of the Bharathapuzha,
and non-governmentaland a canal system
agencies were to irradiance
irrigate a impacts
21.349- energy yield and
catchment area is 147.635 Sq. km. project economics. it should be evaluated
on. The Thestream
projectis includes
located abetween 76°39' and 76°42' longitude and 10°48' and 10°55' latitude.
straight gravity
gathered. Some of the important data
Dam ismasonry
a straight collected for the
Theproject are: of masonryduring the site selection process. Solar
dam and a zonal earthenan
gravity dam with earthen
dam. saddle. top width is 4.87 m and its
radiation data is required for assessing
sonry portion
The full is 1626.71
reservoir levelmofand the earthen
115.06m from • portion is 222.20
Malampuzha m. The
Reservoir’s bottom
water level, width of the dam is
the solar energy resource and estimating
he maximum height of the maximum
dam fromstorage capacity, discharge and rainfall
its lowest foundation is 38.1 m. The probable data
MSL. The reservoir’s themaximum
performanceflood
of FPV systems. Global
capacity is 226Mm3. [11] (Figure 3) were collected from the Malampuzha
360 cumecs. [11] Horizontal Irradiance is the required
dam section Assistant Engineer’s
Before conducting feasibility studies, the parameter, which is commonly acquired
is equipped
locationwith
mustfour spillway shutters.
be determined during the The total length of the spillway is 55from
office. Daily water level variations m. satellite-based
Adjoining the datasets. [10]
Left Bank canal, 2.5 MW small Hydro Power were collected
generation has from
been theset
year
up 2003
by to
Kerala State Electricity
early stages of concept development. In this study, datasets were from the
2022.
from irrigation,
Early datathe water from
collecting enables theinformed
reservoir is treated and distributed as drinking “Global water by the
Solar water
Atlas 2.0”, a free, web-based
e reservoir's catchment
assessments area isviability.
of project 147.635 • The
Sq. km.
At this Windproject
speed data from the
includes a year 2012gravity masonry dam
straight application developed and operated by
to 2021 was collected from the India
earthenstage,
dam. theThegoal fullisreservoir
to select level of 115.06m
the best from MSL. The reservoir's the maximum
company storage
Solargis s.r.o. on behalf of
3 potential location for the project or to Meteorological Department.
26Mm . [11] the World Bank Group, utilizing Solargis
shortlist the most viable locations. • Solar irradiance data of the data, with funding provided by the Energy
Sector Management Assistance Program
(ESMAP).[12]
Table 2 : Solar Irradiation Values at
Malampuzha Reservoir
Parameters Value
Direct normal 1273.2 kWh/m²/year
irradiation (DNI)
Global horizontal 1880.5 kWh/m²/year
irradiation (GHI)
Diffuse horizontal 932.6 kWh/m²/year
irradiation (GHI)
Global tilted 1934.5 kWh/m²/year
irradiation at 15o
angle
Air temperature 27.3 °C
Fig. 3Fig.
- Satellite view
3 : Satellite view of theMalampuzha
of the Malampuzha reservoir
reservoir

A - 293 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 53

 Diffuse horizontal irradiation (GHI) 932.6 kWh/m²/year
w&e internatioNal (Energy section) o
Global tilted irradiation at 15 angle 1934.5 kWh/m²/year
Air temperature 27.3 °C
The Monthly average values of Direct Daily readings of Water level, Storage, the Spillway were collected. From this
normal irradiation at the Malampuzha Rainfall received, Discharge through the data, Different charts and graphs were
reservoir are shown in Fig. 4. The Monthly
Leftaverage values of
bank canal, Direct normal
Discharge throughirradiation at the Malampuzha
the prepared to analysereservoir are shown
the water levelin Fig. 4.
The average GHI value of the Kerala Right bank canalFig. and4 Discharge through
- Direct normal variations.
irradiation (Figure
- Monthly 7) [12]
average
state ranges from 4.82 kWh/m2 to 5.93
kWh/m2 [13]. The GHI value obtained at
The2 average GHI value of the Kerala state ranges from 4.82 kWh/m2 to 5.93 kWh/m2 [13]. The GHI va
the Malampuzha dam is 5.14 kWh/m obtained. at the Malampuzha dam is 5.14 kWh/m2. Thus making Malampuzha dam a suitable location for s
Thus making Malampuzha dam a suitable
FPV placement.
location for solar FPV placement.
2) Wind data
(2) Wind Data The wind is a crucial factor to consider. For both high gusts and normal speeds, the predominant direct
should be identified. This is especially true in typhoons and hurricane-prone areas. The wind rose diagram gi
The wind is a crucial factor to consider.
information about the wind at a particular location over a specified time period. This information is used
For both high gusts and normal speeds,
designing anchoring, mooring systems and solar panel supporting structures.
the predominant direction should be
identified. This is especially trueThe in wind speed data at Malampuzha dam from the date 01-06-2012 to 30-11-2021 was obtained from
typhoons and hurricane-prone areas. India meteorological department to prepare the wind rose diagram. The data received from India meteorolog
department was cleaned Fig. 4 : Direct
by removing normaland
incomplete irradiation
incorrect- Monthly
datasets.average [12]
The wind rose of Malampuzha reserv
The wind rose diagram gives information Fig. 4 - Direct normal irradiation - Monthly average [12]
is shown in Fig.5.
about the wind at a particular location over
a specified time period. This information
The average GHI value of the Kerala state ranges from 4.82 kWh/m2 to 5.93 kWh/m2 [13]. The GHI va
is used for designing anchoring, mooring
obtained at the Malampuzha dam is 5.14 kWh/m2. Thus making Malampuzha dam a suitable location for so
systems and solar panel FPV supporting
placement.
structures.
The wind speed data at Malampuzha
2) Wind data
The wind is a crucial factor to consider. For both high gusts and normal speeds, the predominant direct
dam from the date 01-06-2012 to 30-
should be identified. This is especially true in typhoons and hurricane-prone areas. The wind rose diagram gi
11-2021 was obtained from the India
information about the wind at a particular location over a specified time period. This information is used
meteorological department to prepareanchoring, mooring systems and solar panel supporting structures.
designing
the wind rose diagram. The data received
The
Fromwind
from India meteorological department speedrose
the wind datadiagram,
at Malampuzha
it can bedam fromthat
inferred thethe
datehighest
01-06-2012 to 30-11-2021
recorded was
wind speed in obtained from
Malampuzha rese
was cleaned by removing from India 2012 is 10 m/s in the East direction. The majority of the time, the wind blows in between meteorologi
meteorological
incomplete department to prepare the wind rose diagram. The data received from India 0 to 2 m/s i
and incorrect datasets. The department
southwest was cleaned by removing incomplete and incorrect datasets. The wind rose of Malampuzha reserv
wind rosedirection.
is shown
of Malampuzha reservoir is shown in
in Fig.5.
Fig. 5.
3) Water level variations
The water level is an important piece of information to collect. Water-level variations caused by rese
From the wind rose diagram,activities,
it can besuch as hydropower generation or irrigation, should also be considered. If the water completely
inferred that the highest recorded
and thewind
bottom is exposed, the bottom terrain and obstacles such as rocks and tree branches must not destro
speed in Malampuzha reservoir floatingfrom
constructions. Because not all floats are intended to withstand such occurrences. [6]
2012 is 10 m/s in the East direction.
To get a clear understanding of the water level variations in the Malampuzha reservoir, various data
The majority of the time, the wind blows
collected. Daily readings of Water level, Storage, Rainfall received, Discharge through the Left bank c
in between 0 to 2 m/s in the southwest
Discharge through the Right bank canal and Dischargerose
Fig. through the Spillway were collected. From this
direction. Fig.55:-Wind
Wind rosediagram
diagram
Different charts and graphs were prepared to analyse the water level variations.
(3) Water Level Variations
The water level is an important piece
of information to collect. Water-level
variations caused by reservoir activities,
such as hydropower generation or
irrigation, should also be considered.
If the water completely dries and the
bottom is exposed, the bottom terrain
and obstacles such as rocks and
tree branches must not destroy the
floating constructions. Because not all
floats are intended to withstand such
occurrences.[6] (Figure 6) Fig. 5 - Wind rose diagram
To get a clear understanding of the
water level variations in the Malampuzha Fig. 6 -6-:Malampuzha reservoir:Time
Timevs.vs.Water
Water level graph
Fig. Malampuzha reservoir: level graph
reservoir, various data were collected.

54 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 A - 293

 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
Fig. 6 - - Malampuzha reservoir: Time vs. Water level graph

(1) Configuration of Floating

Platforms/ Floats
Table 4 : Parameters For Configuring
The Floating Platforms

Solar panel rating 440 W

Total no of panels for 2 MW 4500
generation
No. of panels connected to a 90
String inverter
Number of Solar panels 90
placed on 1 float
Total number of string inverters 50
Fig. 77 :–Malampuzha
Fig. Malampuzhadam
damwater
waterlevel
levelvariation
variation- maximum
- maximum andminimum
and minimum for 2 MW plant
4) Water spread area Number of Floats connected 1
Table 3 : Malampuzha WaterThe water
Level spread area
B. Design
TABLE 3 curve can
of 2 indicate
MW the area
Malampuzha covered
to by
a water
String at a particular
inverter reservoir level.
Variations FSPV Plant
MALAMPUZHA WATER LEVEL VARIATIONS No. of floats required for 50
Reservoir Water Date The design for a 2 MW FSPV plant at placing PV panels
Feature Reservoir
Level Feature Water
Malampuzha reservoirDateis proposed in this
Level No. of floats required for 2
Low Flood 99.44 14-06-2003 paper. Configuration of floating platforms, placing Transformers
Level (m) Low Flood Level (m) 99.44 14-06-2003
suitable FSPV plant location identification
Total number of floating 52
and FSPV plant layout design are
High Flood High Flood Level
115.99 (m)
17-09-2005
4) Water spread115.99
area 17-09-2005 platforms required
completed.
Level (m) Minimum CapacityThe(Mmwater
3
) spread area curve can
12.9973 indicate the area covered by water at a particular reservoir level.
14-06-2003
Minimum 12.9973 14-06-2003
3
Capacity
Maximum Capacity (Mm ) 240.8125 09-08-2018
(Mm3)
Maximum 240.8125 09-08-2018
Capacity
(Mm3) Fig. 8 - Water spread area at different water levels [18]
(4) Water Spread Area 5) Bathymetry
The water spread area curve can Bathymetry
indicate is critical for locating the floating island and developing the mooring and anchoring s
the area covered by waterBathymetry is the mapping of the bed of a body of water, with depth contours providing information ab
at a particular
reservoir level. (Figure 8) size, shape, and distribution of underwater structures.

(5) Bathymetry The bathymetry analysis was conducted using the contour data obtained from the 2019 Integrated Bath
System Survey carried out by Kerala Engineering Research Institute, Peechi. The analysis was conducte
Bathymetry is critical for locating the
the SURFER software The contour map in Figure 9 is prepared withwater
major contour lines spaced at an inter
floating island and developing the mooring Fig. 8Fig.
- Water spread
8 : Water area
spread at at
area different
different water levels[18]
levels [18]
meters and minor contour lines spaced at an interval of 1 meter.
and anchoring systems. Bathymetry is the
mapping of the bed of a body 5) Bathymetry
of water,
with depth contours providingBathymetry
informationis critical for locating the floating island and developing the mooring and anchoring s
Bathymetry
about the size, shape, and is of
distribution the mapping of the bed of a body of water, with depth contours providing information ab
underwater structures. size, shape, and distribution of underwater structures.
The bathymetry analysis wasTheconducted
bathymetry analysis was conducted using the contour data obtained from the 2019 Integrated Bath
using the contour data System Survey
obtained fromcarried out by Kerala Engineering Research Institute, Peechi. The analysis was conducte
the SURFER software The contour map in Figure 9 is prepared with major contour lines spaced at an inter
the 2019 Integrated Bathymetric System
meters
Survey carried out by Kerala and minor contour lines spaced at an interval of 1 meter.
Engineering
Research Institute, Peechi. The analysis
was conducted using the SURFER
software The contour map in Figure 9 is
prepared with major contour lines spaced
at an interval of 5 meters and minor
contour lines spaced at an interval of 1 Fig. 9 - Contour map of Malampuzha reservoir
Fig. 9 : Contour map of Malampuzha reservoir
meter.
B. Design of 2 MW Malampuzha FSPV plant
A - 293 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 55
The design for a 2 MW FSPV plant at Malampuzha reservoir is proposed in this paper. Configur
floating platforms, suitable FSPV plant location identification and FSPV plant layout design are completed
 Malampuzha
Malampuzha dam is 99.44 onon thethedate 14-06-2003.
chances of thedamwateris level
99.44 dropping date 14-06-2003.
below 99 meters are minuscule. The lowest water level ever recor
w&e internatioNal The maximum
Malampuzha (Energy
The maximum water
dam iswater level
99.44 level
section) recorded
on therecorded ononMalampuzha
date 14-06-2003.Malampuzhadam damisis115.99m
115.99mand andthe thelowest
lowestisis99.44m
99.44m
water
waterlevel
levelvariation
variation that occurred
that occurred in inthethe
past ininthetheMalampuzha
past Malampuzha reservoir
reservoir isis16.55m.
16.55m. AAfactor
factor ofofsasa
The maximum water level recorded on Malampuzha dam is 115.99m and the lowest is 99.44m.
is isconsidered
considered for worst-case
for worst-case scenarios,
scenarios, where
where the water level may fall below previous levels d
water
(2) Suitableunforeseen FSPVlevel variation
Plant that
V. occurred
ENVIRONMENTAL in the past in thetheAND
watersize,
Malampuzha level may
reservoir
the
fall below
is 16.55m.
technology
previous
A factor
employed, site
levels
of safe
unforeseen
is circumstances.
considered circumstances.
for worst-case Hence
Hence thethe
scenarios,maximum
where expected
maximum waterwater
expected
the levellevel
water level
may variation
variation
fall belowisis20.69 m.m.So
20.69Project
previous Sothe
levelsthesaf
sa
du
Locationdepth
Identification SOCIAL IMPACTS factors, and other local variables.
depthis taken
is takenas 95.3m.
as 95.3m.
unforeseen circumstances. From
From this,
Hence it
this,
the can
it canbe concluded
be concluded
maximumand expected that the
that the
water FSPV
FSPV plant
levelmust
planners plant
variationcancan
examine
bebe safely
is 20.69safely anchored
m. So the safeb
anchored
all potential
b
It is important water find level.
to water a level.Fig.
location 10
with shows
FSPV the area
projects’ available
environmental in the Malampuzha
social dam which is below 95.3
95.3mmbel wa
depth is takenFig. 10 shows
as 95.3m. From the area vary
2 2 this, it can
available
be in the that
concluded Malampuzha
the FSPV dam
repercussions whilewhich
plant can beissafely
complying below anchored
with global w
sufficient depth region with
for anchoring a
the FSPV (E&S)
24572.4359 m implications
area and based
692.3679 onmproject
perimeter is selected. The selected area is show
regionlevel.
water with aFig.24572.4359
10 shows mthe area
area and 692.3679
available in m perimeter
the Malampuzha is selected.
standards dam which
and domesticTheis selected
below
regulations. area m
95.3 is show
wate
plant. Because, and
if the water
Fig. completely
12.12.
dries and the bottom and
regionFig.
is with a 24572.4359
exposed, the m2 area and 692.3679 m perimeter is selected. The selected area is shown
and Fig.such
bottom terrain and obstacles 12.as rocks
and tree branches can damage the floating
platforms. Since the Malampuzha reservoir
is primarily used for Irrigation purposes, the
chances of the water level dropping below
99 meters are minuscule. The lowest water
level ever recorded on the Malampuzha
dam is 99.44 on the date 14-06-2003.
The maximum water level recorded on
Malampuzha dam is 115.99m and the
lowest is 99.44m. Maximum water level
variation that occurred in the past in
the Malampuzha reservoir is 16.55m. A
factor of safety of 25 % is considered for
worst-case scenarios, where the water
level may fall below previous levels due Fig.
Fig. 1010 - Area
- Area
Fig. available
available
10 : Area under
under
available the95.3
underthe
the 95.3
95.3 mmmwater
water
water level
levellevel
to some unforeseen circumstances.
Fig. 10 - Area available under the 95.3 m water level
Hence the maximum expected water
level variation is 20.69 m. So the safe
anchoring depth is taken as 95.3m. From
this, it can be concluded that the FSPV
plant can be safely anchored below 95.3
m water level. Fig. 10 shows the area
available in the Malampuzha dam which
is below 95.3 m water level. A region with
a 24572.4359 m2 area and 692.3679 m
perimeter is selected. The selected area
is shown in Fig. 11 and Fig. 12.

(3) Solar Panel Placement

Layout
Table 5 : Parameters For Configuring
Panel Placement Layout
Fig.
Fig.
Fig. 11
1111 -Close
Fig.
-Close
-Close up
upup
11 : Close view
view
view ofofthe
up view
of ofthe
the
the area
area selected
area selected
area selected
selected
forfor
forthe
for the
FSPV
the
the FSPV
plant plant
FSPV
FSPV plant
plant
Dimension of solar panels 2m x 1m
Total no of panels for 2 MW 4500
generation
Number of Solar panels placed 90
on 1 float
No. of floats required for placing 50
PV panels
No. of floats for placing 2
Transformers
Total number of floating 52
platforms required
Angle of inclination of panels 15o
Spacing between panel rows 1.2 m
Width of maintenance walkway 1m
around a float
Spacing between floating 0.5 m
Fig.12
Fig. 12Fig.
-View
View ofthe
the area selected forthetheMalampuzha
MalampuzhaFSPVFSPV
plant plant
12 - -View
12 : of of area selected
selectedfor Malampuzha
Malampuzha FSPV
FSPVplant
View the area for the
platforms Fig. of the area selected for the plant
WATER and ENERGY3)
3) Solar
3) Solar panel
panel placement
placement layout
layout
56 Solar panel placement
INTERNATIONAL December layout
2022 A - 293
 Angle of between
Spacing inclination of panels
panel rows 15
1.2 m
Spacing between panel rows
Width of maintenance walkway around a float 1.21 m
m
Width of maintenance
Spacing between walkway around a float
floating platforms m m w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
10.5
Spacing between floating platforms 0.5 m
at Malampuzha, a newly proposed 2
MW floating solar photo voltaic plant can
increase the hybrid energy generation
capacity by 80%.

VII. CONCLUSION
Floating solar photo voltaic plant is an
emerging PV technology with numerous
benefits like increased land savings,
improved efficiency and helps to reduce
evaporation. Hydel is the most prominent
energy generation source in Kerala.
Integrating FSPV with hydro power
can increase the power generation
capacity by utilising some of the existing
infrastructure. Floating solar PV makes
excellent use of water body area and
provides a possibility for an additional
income.
Fig.
Fig.13
Fig. -- Solar
1313 : Solarpanel
Solar panelplacement
panel layout
placement layout
placement ontop
layout on
on topofofof
top asingle
single
aasingle floating
floating structure
structure
floating structure Implementation of FSPV plant can also
accelerate the Solar market share, which
in turn results in the economic growth of
the nation. KSEB can ensure a reliable
source of power in Palakkad, as the
number of industries is high and so is
the daytime peak load demand. Hence
FSPV will be a perfect solution to meet
the energy demand to a great extent.
Thus, this project can have a huge
impact on electricity generation in an
environmentally friendly manner.
Fig.
Fig. 1414-- Proposed
14
Fig.
Proposed layout
: Proposed layout
of the
ofthe
layout of
Malampuzha
theMalampuzha
Malampuzha FSPV
FSPV
FSPV
plant
plant
plant
Acknowledgement
VIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS Authors would like to thank Er. P.
A. AND
IRONMENTAL Potential Environmental
SOCIAL IMPACTS • Where the public has access to
SPV projects' environmental
environmental and social
social (E&S) Manoharan of KSEB, Er. Shini K
(E&S) implications
implications vary
varybased
basedononproject
projectsize,
size,thethetechnology
Impacts floating modules or substations,
PV projects' and technology
oyed, site factors, and other local variables. Project planners must
safety examine
concerns allarise.
may potential repercussions
K of while
Kerala Engineering Research
yed, site factors,
• global and other
Potential local in
reduction variables. Project planners must examine all potential repercussions
algaeregulations.
growth while
lying with standards and domestic Institute Peechi, Office of the Assistant
ying with global
duestandards
to reducedand domestic
sunlight and • Loss of recreational and aesthetic Engineer Malampuzha Dam and India
regulations.
diffusion
reduced photosynthesis [2]. value
otential environmental impacts Meteorological Department for providing
ential environmental impactsand implemented VI. RESULT
• If not tested valuable data and necessary support.
Potential reduction in algae growth due to reduced sunlight diffusion and reduced photosynthesis [2].
Potential reduction
properly,inthe
algae growth
silicon due to reduced
modules and The sunlight diffusion and reduced photosynthesis
Global horizontal irradiation value [2].
If not tested and implemented
High-Density properly,
Polyethylene the silicon
(HDPE) modules and High-Density REFERENCES
Polyethylene (HDPE)
at Malampuzha reservoir is 1880.5 kWh/
Iffloats;
not tested and implemented
mayfloats;
affect the quality properly,
affectof the
waterqualitytheof silicon modules and High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
may m²/year. A 2 MW Floating Solar PV plant [1] M. Rosa-Clot and G. M. Tina, Floating
floats; may water
affect the quality of water PV Plants. San Diego: Academic
Possibilities of electrical accidents owing to underwater the Malampuzha
cables havereservoir
an impactcanon generate
existing ecosystems.
Press, 2020.
Possibilities of electricalofaccidents
• Possibilities owing
electrical to underwater
accidents cables
29,93,000 kWhhave an impact
of electricity peron existing
year. This ecosystems.
Loss of avian wildlife, aquatic species (fish, invertebrates) and associated habitat [6].
owing to underwater cables have an can generate an income of 14965000 Rs, [2] A. Sahu, N. Yadav, and K. Sudhakar,
Loss of avian wildlife,
impact aquaticecosystems.
on existing species (fish, invertebrates)
assuming and
unit associated habitattariff
rate of electricity [6].as 5 “Floating photovoltaic power plant:
• Loss of avian wildlife, aquatic species Rs/kWh. The FSPV plant can reduce up A review,” Renew. Sustain. Energy
(fish, invertebrates) and associated to 2,364.47 tonnes of CO2 emissions per Rev., vol. 66, pp. 815–824, 2016.
habitat [6]. year taking Weighted average emission
[3] H. Rauf, M. S. Gull, and N. Arshad,
factor as 0.79 [14].
B. Potential Social Impacts “Integrating floating solar PV with
A region of area 24,572.4359 m2 was hydroelectric power plant: Analysis of
• When an FSPV plant is constructed, identified for installing the 2 MW FSPV Ghazi barotha reservoir in Pakistan,”
it can hinder the existing navigational plant at Malampuzha dam as part of this Energy Procedia, vol. 158, pp. 816–
and fishing activities taking place in paper. In addition to the already existing 821, 2019.
the vicinity of the plant. 2.5 MW Small hydroelectric power plant

A - 293 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 57

w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
[4] S. Z. Golroodbari and W. Sark,
“Simulation of performance
differences between offshore and
land-based photovoltaic systems,”
Prog. Photovolt., vol. 28, no. 9, pp.
873–886, 2020.
[5] H. M. Pouran, “From collapsed coal
mines to floating solar farms, why
China’s new power stations matter,”
Energy Policy, vol. 123, pp. 414–
420, 2018.
[6] Energy Sector Management
Assistance Program and Solar
Energy Research Institute of
Singapore, Where sun meets
water: Floating solar handbook
for practitioners. World Bank,
Washington, DC, 2019.
[7] S. Desai, M. Wagh, and N.
Shinde, “A Review on Floating
Solar Photovoltaic Power Plants,”
International Journal of Scientific
and Engineering Research, vol. 6,
pp. 789–794, 2017.
[8] D. Mittal, B. K. Saxena, and K. V.
S. Rao, “Floating solar photovoltaic
systems: An overview and their
feasibility at Kota in Rajasthan,”
in 2017 International Conference
on Circuit ,Power and Computing
Technologies (ICCPCT), 2017.
[9] G. Mamatha and P. S. Kulkarni,
“Assessment of floating solar
photovoltaic potential in India’s
existing hydropower reservoirs,”
Energy Sustain. Dev., vol. 69, pp.
64–76, 2022.
The electric bill won’t
give you a fright if you
remember to turn off the light
58 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
[10] M. López, F. Soto, and Z. A.
Hernández, “Assessment of the
potential of floating solar photovoltaic
panels in bodies of water in mainland
Spain,” J. Clean. Prod., vol. 340, no.
130752, p. 130752, 2022.
[11] Irrigation Department, Government
of Kerala, “Malampuzha project,”
Irrigation-kerala.org. [Online].
Available: http://irrigation-kerala.org/
malampuzha-project. [Accessed:
03-Jul-2022].
[12] Solargis, “Global Solar Atlas,”
Globalsolaratlas.info. [Online].
Available: https://globalsolaratlas.
info. [Accessed: 03-Jul-2022].
[13] D. Kumar, “Satellite-based solar
energy potential analysis for
southern states of India,” Energy
rep., vol. 6, pp. 1487–1500, 2020.
[14] Central Electricity Authority, Ministry
of Power, Government of India, “CO2
Baseline Database for the Indian
Power Sector,” https://cea.nic.in/,
2021. [Online]. Available: https://
cea.nic.in/wp-content/uploads/
baseline/2021/06/User_Guide_
ver_16_2021-1.pdf. [Accessed: 04-
Jul-2022].
[15] Central Electricity Authority (CEA),
“Power sector at a glance ALL
INDIA,” Ministry of Power Govt.
of India, 2022. [Online]. Available:
https://powermin.gov.in/en/content/
power-sector-glance-all-india.
[Accessed: 04-Jul-2022].
[16] S. Oliveira-Pinto and J. Stokkermans,
“Assessment of the potential of
different floating solar technologies
– Overview and analysis of different
case studies,” Energy Convers.
Manag., vol. 211, no. 112747, p.
112747, 2020.
[17] The Kerala Engineering Research
Institute, Peechi, “Bathymetric study
of Malampuzha reservoir using
integrated bathymetric system (IBS)
& subbottom profiler,” 2019.
[18] V. Bax, W. I. van de Lageweg, B.
van den Berg, R. Hoosemans, and
T. Terpstra, “Will it float? Exploring
the social feasibility of floating
solar energy infrastructure in the
Netherlands,” Energy Res. Soc.
Sci., vol. 89, no. 102569, p. 102569,
2022.
[19] A. Goswami, P. Sadhu, U. Goswami,
and P. K. Sadhu, “Floating solar
power plant for sustainable
development: A techno-economic
analysis,” Environ. Prog. Sustain.
Energy, vol. 38, no. 6, p. e13268,
2019.
[20] S. Gorjian, B. N. Zadeh, L. Eltrop,
R. R. Shamshiri, and Y. Amanlou,
“Solar photovoltaic power generation
in Iran: Development, policies, and
barriers,” Renew. Sustain. Energy
Rev., vol. 106, pp. 110–123, 2019.
[21] R. Cazzaniga, M. Rosa-Clot, P. Rosa-
Clot, and G. M. Tina, “Integration of
PV floating with hydroelectric power
plants,” Heliyon, vol. 5, no. 6, p.
e01918, 2019.
A - 293
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Extract Discussion of Experts …. on Power Engineers

Whats-App group “SPARK…Ignited to Share”
“No doubt that all our knowledge begins with experience”

We have ample scope in present era of digitisation to know and to share the information
for betterment of human society. Our SPARK members rejoice this tool and share
the best with this group, which again gets multiplied for the requirement of young
energetic engineers. Our senior members do share their reach experiences, backing
up with technical know how with others and make the noble things to evolve for the
nation. We do believe that our attempt of sharing knowledge with kind support from
CBIP management can lead us to be in the technical heart of all electrical engineering
fraternity across the globe. Let’s all to be empowered with knowledge bank, which can be achieved on sharing
the same with each other. So, let’s do feel the basic verse “No doubt that all our knowledge begins with
experience….”.
SPARK group is the platform of educated people, where every member shares, attempts to learn, plans to
transforms knowledge into action and most important link among all is that we understand the situation and
act as per the circumstances. During the crucial period when the total globe was struggling under the threat of
COVID-19, our readers kept keeping us in touch with system. The popularity and acceptance to the concept
of technical discussion got raised in multi-fold, whose impact become visible in the form of operating with 19
groups, 8 Sub-groups consisting of around 6000+ engineers under this banner.
The basic objective of this group is to summate the best versions of the discussion held in the group and
circulate the same to all Power professionals across nation. We are highly indebted to our readers of extending
unflinching support every moment the situation demands, recently on obtaining the responses from engineers
all across globe we have created the new Group 19, where we have few slots for inclusion. Hence interested
readers can extend their willingness to me (P.K. Pattanaik WhatsApp Number 9438907492).
In these groups we strictly discuss the technical points anything and everything on electrical stream and its
allied subjects. Posting of Social message in these groups is strictly prohibited and on any violation of
such, the concerned member with reminder gets removed from the group
On behalf of our group, once again I being the admin of these groups take this unique opportunity to extend my
gratitude of heartfelt thanks to the experts and technical stalwarts, those who have never hesitated to extend
their technical deliberations for the knowledge boosting of all our esteemed members. Our special thanks to
team CBIP for making continuous effort to educate the engineers across the globe.
Finally, I wish the readers to enjoy the discussion and urge all to extend their suggestive and corrective views
to refine us and to bring the best for the days to come.

STAY HEALTHY AND BE SAFE

P.K. PATTANAIK
General Manager
EHT (O&M) Circle, Bhubaneswar, OPTCL
WhatsApp Number: 09438907492

WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 59

w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Query : Er. R S Khandagale Retd CE MPEB: Sirs

This is my non-technical question for which I may kimdly be excused.
(1) What is the probability of lightenig strokes current beyond 40ka in India.
(2) Are we installing over capacity protections than required.
(3) Why we cannot formulate own standards.
(4) By way of use of out side india standard what is quantom of finance we are incurring in the form of royalty to use their
technology.
(5) To what extent indian manufactures are affected due to these out side standard
Reply : 1. Er. Er. VM Apavoo: This is the crux of the issue. What is internationally acceptable standard is not a myth. Every nation has
its own standards according to its local conditions. e.g. ambient temperature etc. for declaring current rating of cable etc.
This is transparent one and followed internationally. Every national standard has its root from IEC in the field of electrtechnology.
In the event of a deficiency only the national standards adopt certain changes. e.g. EN, VDE, BS in addition to the IEC. The
purpose is not to claim supremacy of the standards of one country over the IEC. Any modifications and practices should
exceed the norms prescribed in IEC. But there can’t be a black box claiming supremacy without concerning the factors
adopted in the IEC.
Lot of block boxes are coming out nowadays. Digital earthing, Shockers transformers, ESEs are few of them claiming all tall
clientile list.
It is not a competitiveness between different products in this subject. The reality is the adoption of internationally accepted
standarda and practices.
In spite of the specific provisions of the regulations 12 and 29 of CEA(MSES) Regulations, 2010, such products are finding an
easy way, due to unaccountably vested with consumer’s engineers, ignorance and other reasons best known to such product
manufacturers.
No doubt that regulations and law can be amended; but not the science and nature without understanding them fully.
e.g. Climatic change is also debated for the past few decades. Recently, a panel of 300 scientists are entrusted to analyse
the 12000 papers published so far.
In general, whenever controversies arise, standards are adhered till such time the standards are amended.
It is always difficult but verifiable for an installer to verify the conformity with the standards through proper guidance. But I
wonder as to how it could be possible in the case of verification involving thousands of publications and standards other than
IEC and BIS in our country, especially, when public safety is involved.
Once a standard is put in place for a country, no effort need be there to analyse scientific journals except in the case of
conflicts and misinterpretations.
2. Er. Sonjeeb Banarjee: With all above explanations we are humbly submitting that, when there is an application, there are
many scientific options to tackle the menace of lightning. IEC is definitely one of the valid option.
INFORMATION NOTE REGARDING FEW IMPORTANT TOPICS BY RENOWNED Er P. Ramachandran
1. Topic on Prevention of Transformer Accidents by Er P Ramachandran Ex-Abb: A38 - How to prevent Power Transformer
accidents? Please go through this link
https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/a38-how-prevent-power-transformer-accidents-p-ramachandran
2. Topic on Technical Papers during first 25 years of Transformer Engineering by Er P Ramachandran Ex-Abb: A39
-Technical Papers on Transformers during the first 25 years of Transformer Engineering (1885-1910). Please go
through this link
https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/a39-technical-papers-transformers-during-first-25-p-ramachandran
3. Topic on Mis-concepts about Transformer by Er P Ramachandran Ex-Abb: A40- Misconceptions about Transformers-
Part 4
https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/a40-misconceptions-transformers-part-4-p-ramachandran
Query : Er. R S Khandagale Retd CE MPEB : What is the protection angle of 2ESE and 3ESE please. What is the area in sq metre
protected by 3mtr ht ESE by one unit
Reply : 1. Er. Sonjeeb Banarjee: Good morning sir, ESE does not work on protection angle. Shadow may be unacceptable in solar
installation as it will lose efficiency. Shadow of passive system will fall on the solar panel.
Request Please refer NFC17 102 for this answer. NFC is based on EGM, but +ve lightning has smaller horizontal diameter.
To cater this defect, you may apply a correction factor of appx -30% to protection radii mentioned in NFC.
Query : Er. H.K. Samantray: How spreading crushed stone help on reduction of Earth Resistivity?
Reply : 1. Er Vikash Sakshena If the earth resistivity value is sufficiently low (I don’t recall the numbers) then spreading crushed stone
is not really necessary. On the other hand, in certain cases, it may be found to be critical to ensure that resistivity of crushed
stones is above the value assumed in the calculations. I recall in one case (after lab tests) that stone had to brought from
considerable distance on this account.
2. Er Pb Mehta Getco: Sir, it is not true, if soil resistivity is low then spreading of stone is not necessary, but if the soil resistivity
is higher than the resistivity of stone (surface layer as per terminology of IEEE 80) then spreading has no meaning Please
refer following illustration in my manuscript.
3. Er Vikash Sakshena: Mehta saheb I do not agree with first part of your message. I recall long time back (around 35 years) in

60 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022

 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

some NTPC 400kV substations, where soil resistivity values very low, we had designed and implemented without crushed
stone layer. This was when late Mr Mata Prasad saheb used to be our department head.
4. Er Pb Mehta Getco : Saksena saheb, I have explained with the help IEEE formulae.If attainable vales of touch (mesh) and
step potential are lower than the tolerable values, then we may consider as safe design.For 400 kv SS switchyard area is
very large hence length of conductor will be more so it is possible to get attainable values lower than tolerable without using
metal spreading, in case of small switchyard area same may not be possible what I mean to say that it cannot be rule that for
lower soil resistivity, surface layer not needed, one has to check the design.Project owner has to take a call considering many
aspect like availability of material ,its supply and installation cost, other benefits of spreading of surface layer etc.
5. Er Vikash Sakshena: Agree. Design calculations need to be made for each case. What l wanted to convey was that it need
not be considered as a general rule that stone layer is must in every case.
6. Dr Rajamani: Regarding paving EHV switchyard, gravel is not mandatoty as rightly pointed out by some readers. It depends
on resistivity of native soil, area enclosed and current actually discharged to earth. Detailed explanation is given in Chapter
2 of my book: Application Guide for Power Engineers-Part 1- Earthing & Grounding of Electrical Systems.
Query : Er Murty KK: Please enlighten me on this. Is the Jelly layer a crushed granite stone in slurry form?
Reply : 1. Er. VM Apavoo: Sir, the jelly is of commercially available 40 mm sized Blue granite jelly. The purpose is to have a void
between the jelly spread on the yard. If it is a fine or lower sized ones, the gaps will be filled due to seasonal rain and soil
beneath the jelly spread. This gap filling will further reduce the top layer resistivity.
It is not in a slurry form. It is just a smaller sized stone form. Smoothing of the yard surface will enable a lengthy step unlike
stone jelly spread and will reduce the tolerable touch potential limits. The surface layer is something analogous to a rubber
mat provide in front of the Switchboard.
In the case of a design 35 years old design without top jelly, it is reported that jelly is not available locally and has to be brought
from a distant place. This seems to be a cause. In such an unavailability of stone jelly locally, one can presume that the local
soil could be of lower resistivity. Such a low resistivity soli forming the top layer is also not advisable.
2. Er Pb Mehta Getco : Sir, thanks for sharing pdf , please note that if no metal is spread hs is zero but Cs will not be zero but
in the equation, the term (Cs.rhos) will be considered as Rho to calculate tolerable touch and step potential.
Looking to Indian conditions, also please note that we have to use the formula applied for 50 Kg body weight (not 70kg)
3. Er. VM Apavoo: Thank you Sir. Since I couldn’t attach the formula while posting in WhatsApp, I just converted the conversation
in pdf formate. My aim is restricted to the top layer jelly and to furnish the background materials. Since the picture with note
was available just below that 70kg body weight, I used that portion. I have taken your point. But I feel that 50kg and 70 kg
body weights are on the basis of tests conducted on mammals and corpses and other assumptions as per fig.3 under cl.8.2
of BIS 3043-2018.
4. Er Pb Mehta Getco : Sir,to have the design on safer side , formula for 50kg is recommended.
5. Er. VM Apavoo: Yes Sir. I agree with your point. Also 50 kg basis is the practice adopted in our country. I am posting an extract
of a relevant page from the introduction part of BIS 84371- Guide on the effects of body current passing through the human
body- Part 1- General Aspects. It is not possible to expect a statistically acceptable value through tests on live human being.
However, the internationally assumed values have to be taken in such a situation.
Query : Er. Er. Rajarshi Ghosh: For many power transformers we need efficient and reliable cooling pumps and fans. Can you please
suggest the names of few proven manufacturers, who can supply such good quality products?
Reply : 1. Er J Mamtora: Rajarshi- there is only one manufacturer of pumps in India, they are little shabby, but serves the purpose.
Before using the pump, you need to check with the transformer manufacturer to select the right pump as there are limitations
on the velocity of oil in the cooling ducts. As regards to fans which are used by the Indian manufacturer is MARATHON.
Can you please let me know the capacity of the transformer and present temp rise and the ambient and also the maximum
temperature (absolute) registered? I may be able to suggest a practical solution. Please also mention the age of the
transformer and average loading.
2. Er. Rajarshi Ghosh: Sir, thank you for your valued opinion. We are also using the fans of Marathon. But I have asked the
question not for a particular transformer, but for inclusion in the general specification of the transformers of different capacities
and voltages. Mainly 200 - 100 MVA, 220 & 132 kV grade.
3. Er J Mamtora: In that case marathon fans and flow well pumps are ok. There are other fan manufacturers, we are checking
on them, once we are satisfied with the quality and the performance data, I shall come back to you.
4. Er Murty KK: Dear Er. Shri Rajarishi Ghosh Saheb. Good morning. May I draw your kind attention to cl.6.1 of my above article. Up
to 220kV system ONAN & ONAF cooling is sufficient. In MPPTCL 220/132/33kV ,160 MVA Transformers only ONAN & ONAF
cooling is provided. There is no need of oil pumps up to and including 220kV.The procurement cell must specify OT rise and WT
rise in GTP (General Tech. Particulars) As far as accessories are concerned you must define the accessories of reputed make in
the GTP.In 400 kV and above oil pumps are installed. So in 315MVA ,400/220/33kV Transformers OF AF cooling is provided.
5. Er. Rajarshi Ghosh: Ok Sir, but I think if we go for ONAF, the transformer / radiator size will increase to keep the temp. rise
within limits. For an urban utility like us, the footprint area is very crucial.
6. Er J Mamtora: Rajarshi, we use air coolers for mobile substations and use hybrid insulation to reduce the size of the
transformer. This allows the higher temperature of winding and off course with the higher losses. But you can go with the
normal losses as per your specs, but can use the air coolers to reduce the size. The foot print reduces to less than half and
the oil quantity also reduces sustansiously. I can provide you with the details if you require.

WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 61

w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

7. Er P Ramachandran Ex-ABB: It is possible to make special transformer designs for large metros with minimum foot print
but with ONAN/ ONAF cooling. ABB had supplied such 125 MVA units for Mumbai city. Some of the tricks are to use top
cover bushing turrets instead of rocket side turrets; tank mounted turret fed radiator bank; special air filled cable box etc,
etc. With today’s energy efficient designs, current density is too low to get any benefit with oil forced cooling, but with all
the disadvantages of oil pumps. Up to a rating of 63 MVA, it may be even economical to go for ONAN cooling. Today
manufacturers some times use imported German and US made fans, esp for export jobs. One more point is users must insist
for low flux density, below 1.6 T for urban transformers to reduce noise pollution.
8. Er. Senapati jk: Oil pumps are also hindrances to natural oil flow while not in operation. Where there are no foot print issues,
it may be better to add more radiator blocks instead.
9. Er P Ramachandran Ex-Abb: There are two types of oil pumps used in transformers -one centrifugal type with high heads
and medium flows and axial flow type with low heads and high volumes. The former is used with unit coolers (oil to air heat
exchangers) and water coolers (oil to water heat exchangers). Axial flow type pumps are used with ONAN/ONAF/ ODAF
cooling. These pumps have open type impellers and will not restrict flow during ON cooling mode.
Today unit coolers are used in GTs, traction and mobile transformers. Water coolers are used in GTs of hydro power stations,
underground transformers, aluminium rectifier transformers and furnace transformers. Unit coolers are not preferred in highly
polluted locations like smelters, since coolers will get choked quickly affecting cooling. In Maharashtra water coolers were
standard with GTs in thermal stations too.
Major issues with oil pumps-
(1) extra auxiliary loss
(2) metal dust from bearings can get in to winding
(3) extra cost involved in providing directed oil cooling in to winding (with non- directed flow, OFAF, there is the da
Er P.P. Wahi Ex CBIP: interview with Alok Kumar, secretary, Power, spoke about the progress in the sector,
In an interview with Power Line, Alok Kumar, secretary, Ministry of Power, spoke about the progress in the sector, the
key challenges and expected changes.
What, according to you, have been the biggest achievements in the power sector over the past 25 years?
Efforts were made for capacity addition, village electrification and household electrification but a lot of ground remained to be
covered.
In the last seven to eight years, we have *transitioned from shortages to adequate capacity* and good supply. This is
reflected in terms of our *hours of supply, which have increased from around 12.5 hours to nearly 22 hours* in rural areas
and almost 23.5 hours in urban areas in most cities. This has been possible not only by *adequate capacity addition but also
by the augmentation of the national grid, which is now “One Nation, One Grid”,* and downstream by the strengthening of the
distribution system through initiatives such as the Integrated Power Development Scheme and the Deendayal Upadhyaya
Gram Jyoti Yojana.
The second biggest achievement has been *universal access to electricity.* When we started 25 years ago, *a village was
defined as electrified even if there were just one or two connections. Now, not only villages but each and every hamlet and
every willing household has been given an electricity connection.*
This has been recognised internationally as well.
The third transformation has been on the energy efficiency front. We have made big *achievements in programmes such
as Perform, Achieve and Trade, LED distribution to households, street light convergence, and standards and labelling of
appliances.* The list of achievements is very long, but these are a few of the major transformations that have happened over
the last few years.
What are the biggest challenges in the sector?*_
There are two big challenges. The first is to make the power sector sustainable, that is, *ensure the financial viability of
distribution utilities. If that is assured, there will be no dearth of investment.*
Secondly, we have around 388 GW of capacity in India, both fossil fuel and non-fossil fuel based, and this will *increase to
around 817 GW over the next 10 years. So, whatever we have done in the past 70 years or so, we are going to more than
double that in the next 10 years.*
Another dimension of this challenge is that most of this capacity will come from renewable energy, for which you can set up
a generating plant in about 18 months.
However, adding tra­ns­mission lines takes two and a half to three years. Further, acquiring land is be­coming time consuming
and urbanisation is increasing, so *right of way for transmission has become more challenging than it was,* say, 20 years
ago. Therefore, *building adequate transmission lines and transmission systems downstream will be the second biggest
challenge.*
What do you think will be the biggest changes going forward?
I would say complete *viability of the distribution segment. * I am sure we will be able to ensure that in the next five years
with the new scheme. Thereafter, it will be an area that will require continuous work, but this will not be difficult once financial
discipline is enforced, the discoms are turned around, and governance is improved. Another big *transformation in the next
25 years will be the implementation of storage technologies. *
Going forward, every country in the world, including India, is going to de­pend more and more on non-fossil fuel sources
of energy. These sources, primarily *solar and wind, are intermittent and if you have a large penetration of these sources,

62 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022

 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

storage of electricity at the grid level is critical. * We have a few technologies such as battery storage that are very expensive
but are commercially available. We are also *talking about a hydrogen economy for storage.*
So, *large-scale penetration of energy storage technologies will be the biggest transformation* in the next 25 years.
What are the key objectives and expected outcomes of the RDSS?*_
The reform scheme is one of the interventions in the larger scheme of things. The *discoms’ viability depends on two sets of
parameters.*
The first encompasses *operational parameters such as billing efficiency, collection efficiency, corporate governance and IT
systems.*
The second set, which decides their viability, is outside their control – *what the state governments and the state electricity
regulatory commissions (SERCs) do or do not do.*
The first challenge is that *every year we should have a full cost-reflective tariff determined timely in a fair and transparent
ma­n­ner without considering any subsidy.*
And *then the state government has the discretion to give a subsidy to a set of consumers* as it wants.
Thereafter, the subsidy should be accounted for on the basis of actual supply to those consumers. So there has to be
transparency in the announcement, accounting, and timely payment of subsidies.
The second, bigger, challenge is the *timely payment of government dues because a lot of energy is being purchased by the
state governments, their departments, corporations, local bodies, etc.*
So these two as­pects -
*The payment of subsidies and government dues --> are in the realm of the state government, * and *- timely determination
of full cost-reflective tariff, no regulatory assets, transparent accounting of subsidies and true-up every year --> these are in
the domain of the SERCs. *
This is the scheme of things in which we are pursuing various interventions. The new distribution scheme is one of them.
There are three to four interventions that we have imposed – *additional prudential norms for lending to discoms by the PFC
and REC* so that these actions (payment of subsidies and government dues) are ensured from the states and SERCs before
further len­ding.
The new scheme has an underlying ob­j­ective of ensuring *24×7 reliable and quality supply* in a sustainable manner.
The distribution system must be strengthened to meet the expected level of load growth.
You need to have *more substations, more feeders, etc.*
The scheme will fund system strengthening – It has a *budget outlay of over Rs 3 trillion. But just giving this money will not
suffice – we must enforce reform conditionality. *
There­fore, this scheme is unique in that the reforms are the foundation of the whole scheme and are central to the release of
grants to the states. The *flow of grants to states will stop immediately if their discoms are found not to be compliant with the
reform roadmap* every year.
Our Ministry is also going to *enforce discipline in terms of timely payment of dues to generating companies. * We are in­vo­
king tripartite agreements with the Re­serve Bank of India.
The viability of the sector is most important.
5.0 What are the other top priorities, both short and medium term, for the Ministry?
The Government of India has a *role in coordination with the Ministry of Coal and the Ministry of Railways so that ad­e­quate
fuel is made available. *
The short-term priority, is to *build up adequate coal stocks, as demand is going to rise. *
It is not going to be easy, because *coal production has its own cycle. It has a lean season in the monsoons, when we
consume more coal. *
So, an important task in the short term, while we work on the re­forms, is to *see that adequate coal stocks are built up in our
po­wer plants.*
The *second is ensuring grid discipline, which is very important,* because in terms of difficulties, a lot of people tend to
overdraw and the market gets overheated. So, *we have to see that the grid functions properly.*
New market reforms will also be laun­ched in the short term. We are *going to laun­ch the green DAM as well as in­troduce the first
stage of Market Based Economic Dispatch (MBED),* besides *revamping the renewable energy certificate mechanism.*
We are also *trying to delicense distribution through amendments to the Electricity Act, 2003.*
This is very important and we are hopeful it should happen.
Another *focus area is enforcing payment security and bringing spare capacity into the markets.*
A *lot of our capacity is tied up in long-term power purchase agreements (PPAs).*
There are circumstances where the PPA holder/discom does not need this pow­er; for instance, Punjab has a very seasonal
demand pattern. We are going to bring in a very *comprehensive legal framework to enable this spare capacity to be sold in
the market when it is not re­quired by the PPA holder.*
Another important initiative is *green open access, a facilitative, definitive framework for developing the market outside long-
term PPAs for green energy.*
We have notified the *draft rules for green open access.*
In the mid-term, the most important thing is discom viability im­provement through the new scheme, and *making our grid
smarter for large-scale renewable energy penetration.*
https://powerline.net.in/2021/09/30/interview-with-alok-kumar/

WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 63

cbip news letter (energy section)

CBIP Organised Door Step Training Programs

for OPTCL
Central Board of Irrigation and Power, organized following Door Step training programs exclusively for OPTCL professionals
at their Power Training Institute, Bhubaneswar:
1. ‘Operation & Maintenance of Transmission Lines including Condition Monitoring’ (02 Days) 19-20 August 2022
2. ‘Operation & Maintenance of Substations Equipments including System Stabilities’ (03 Days) 2-4 November 2022
3. ‘Construction Challenges in Power Transmission Projects including Environmental / Forest’ Clearances (03 Days) 16-
18 November 2022
About 35 participants of the rank of Dy. Manager to General Manager from various departments of OPTCL attended each
of the above Door Step training programs.
The following senior experts shared their practical experience with the participants and benefitted them:
• Shri S.M. Takalkar, Former Chief Engineer, GETCO & Managing Director, Takalkar Power Engineers & Consultants Pvt.
Ltd., Vadodara
• Dr. R.K. Srivastava, Former Chief General Manager Incharge & Head of Environment & Social Management,
POWERGRID
• Shri B.B. Mehta, Director - SLDC, OPTCL
• Shri Debendra Nath Sarangi, Former Chief General Manager, POWERGRID, Bhubaneswar
• Shri Kamal Sarkar, Former GM, POWERGRID
• Shri K S Namboothiri, Former General Manager, POWERGRID
• Shri Shaukat K. Shaikh, Former General Manager, POWERGRID
• Shri Sukhdev Singh, Chief Manager, POWERGRID, Jammu
• Shri Vivek Sundriyal, Chief Manager, POWERGRID, Jammu
• Shri Kishor Gaikwad, General Manager, Takalkar Power Engineers & Consultants Pvt. Ltd.
CBIP has successfully conducted customized physical training programs as well as online training programs in the recent
past for esteemed organizations like DTL, SECI, THDC, DVC, UPRVUNL, NHPC, HPSEB, NTPC, TPPDL, UPRVUNL,
BYPL, NHDC, The Tata Power Company, etc. which were very well appreciated and have received excellent feedback.
CBIP looks forward to meet the similar Door step Training requirement for its other Member Organisations

S.M. Takalkar Dr. R.K. Srivastava B.B. Mehta Debendra Nath Sarangi K S Namboothiri

Shaukat K. Shaikh Sukhdev Singh Vivek Sundriyal Kishor Gaikwad

64 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022

 cbip news letter (energy section)

Report on Hands on Training on

HV Gas Insulated Switchgear
14-16 December 2022
Central Board of Irrigation and Power (CBIP) and Hitachi Energy India Limited (formerly known as ABB Power Products and
Systems India) Limited organized Hands on Training on ‘HV Gas Insulated Switchgear’ on 14-16 December 2022.
The training program was virtually attended by about 38 participants from different organisations.

Program schedule
For 3 days, sessions were planned to cover all important topics about EHV Gas Insulated Switchgear – Detailed approach for
GIS primary & secondary engineering, control & schematics, GIS safety, material handling, installation, site pre-commissioning
testing, commissioning, operation, interlocks, maintenance, troubleshooting, condition monitoring, recent development in
GIS & its digitalization.
The unique sessions included GIS factory visit showcasing manufacturing process, practical demonstration about critical site
activity on GIS Module, Experience centre visit at Energy TEC.

Expert speakers
Following eminent experts were invited to give specific insight on the topic including case studies:
• Mr. Rijwan Kudalkar − Principal Technical Consultant, Hitachi Energy delivered expert talk on detailed approach for GIS
primary and secondary engineering.
• Mr. Manoj Aherrao − Manager, GIS Services, Hitachi Energy delivered expert talk on GIS -safety, material handling,
installation, site pre-commissioning testing, commissioning, operation, interlocks, maintenance, troubleshooting,
condition monitoring.
• Mr. Anurag Mohan − Product Manager, GIS – Hitachi Energy delivered expert talk on recent development in GIS & it’s
digitalization.
Photos

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 65

cbip news letter (energy section)

The programme was a grand success.

We received excellent feedbacks. Here’s the glimpse of few participants’ feedback:
“Question to Questions and get answers has been great. Training and faculty staff behavior was very good. Best GIS factory
visit ever.”
“Hands on factory visit and demonstration of DILO machine operation was really good”
“The content, delivery, faculty, training center environment and overall experience was great.”
Overall Feedback:
“The basics were covered; my idea about GIS improved & deep topics about HV engineering was dealt nicely”

Course Feedback
Course Content
5 4.31
4.83 4.5
Staff Friendliness and 4
3.5 Training Methodology
Support
3 4.41
2.5
2
1.5
1
Training Center 0.5 Quality of Training
0
Environment Documentation
4.90 4.45

Effectiveness of Demo Effectiveness of

Exercise Faculty
4.10 4.48
4.35
Usefulness of the
Program

We received excellent feedbacks. Here’s the glimpse of few participants’ feedback:

“Question to Questions and get answers has been great. Training and faculty staff behavior was very good.
Best GIS factory visit ever.”

“Hands on factory visit and demonstration of DILO machine operation was really good”

“The content, delivery, faculty, training center environment and overall experience was great.”

“The basics were covered, my idea about GIS improved & deep topics about HV engineering was dealt
nicely”

66 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022

 cbip news letter (energy section)

Conclave on
Harnessing of Hydropower Potential –
A Way Forward
16th December 2022

View of the dais during Inaugural Session (L-R) Shri N.L. Sharma, CMD, SJVN Limited, Shri Raghuraj Madhav Rajendran,
Joint Secretary, MoP, Shri Alok Kumar, Secretary-Power, MoP, Shri R. K. Singh, Hon’ble Cabinet Minister - Power, New & Renewable
Energy, Shri Ashish Upadhyaya, SS & FA, MoP and Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, CBIP

Construction of Hydro Power is essential in achieving the Panchamrit targets of India by 2030 and with the objective to
inform the benefits of hydro projects and its positive impact on the socioeconomic development the Government of India
has started Large Hydro Active Reach out (LAHAR) initiatives.
SJVN Limited on behalf of Members of LAHAR (SJVN, NEEPCO, BBMB, THDC, NHPC and DVC) has taken lead and
organized the First Ever LAHAR Conclave on ‘Harnessing of Hydropower Potential–A Way Forward’ on 16th December
2022 at Auditorium of SCOPE Complex, Lodhi Road, New Delhi in association with CBIP.
The conclave was aimed to sensitize the professionals about the advantage of Hydropower, clearly identify the constraints,
find the ways for fast & early completion of hydroelectric projects, and provide a platform for initiating discussions with
all stakeholders. During this conclave, all Central Hydro PSUs professionals met for intensive deliberations to discuss
the hydro sector’s challenges and find the way forward.
It was attended by about 300 delegates from 50 organizations including Power Utilities, PSUs, Academic Instt.,
Manufacturers, Pvt. Sector organizations etc.

INAUGURAL SESSION
The conclave was inaugurated by Hon’ble Shri R.K. Singh, Union Minister of Power & NRE, Govt. of India. Shri Alok
Kumar Secretary (Power), Govt. of India, Shri Ashish Upadhyaya, Special Secretary & FA, MoP, Shri Raghuraj Madhav
Rajendran, Joint Secretary, MoP), Shri N.L. Sharma, Chairman & Managing Director, SJVN Limited and Shri A.K. Dinkar,
Secretary, CBIP also graced the dais during inaugural session of the Conclave.

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 67

cbip news letter (energy section)

On this occasion, Sh. R.K. Singh Hon’ble Union Power

& NRE Minister brought out that Hydro Power is God’s
Gift to the Planet and being utilized by civilizations from
time immemorial. He further added that all the developed
countries have harnessed almost entire Hydro Power
potential available with them. Experiences suggest that
development of hydro power has positive impact on the
ecology of the area in terms of water table & greenery.
The Hon’ble Minister showed his satisfaction that, most
of the population now appreciate the positive impacts of
development of Hydro Power Projects. He further added
that the development of Hydro Power is most essential
in the new paradigm of reducing carbon footprints and
the initiative of LAHAR will definitely go a long way
for making inroads for these endeavours. He further
reaffirmed his resolve, that there is need for concerted
efforts to further sensitize all stakeholders about these
positive impacts.
Shri N.L. Sharma, CMD, SJVN Limited honouring the
Sh. Nand Lal Sharma, Chairman & Managing Director Shri R. K. Singh, the Hon’ble Union Minister for Power and New &
SJVN Limited & Chairman, LAHAR in his welcome Renewable Energy
address apprised the participants that in line with the
Prime Minister’s Vision of 50% of energy from Non-
Fossil Fuel & 500 GW from Renewable Energy sources,
harnessing of Hydro Energy is of paramount significance
to achieve this mammoth goal. Besides enabling Grid
Stability, Hydro Power has been silently contributing to
the growth story of the Nation, since last many decades.
Sh. Sharma informed that, in light of the certain
challenges being faced by this Sector, there arose a
need for collaborative efforts by all the stakeholders.
Sh. Alok Kumar, Secretary - Power, Govt. of India during
his key note address appreciated SJVN for organising
LAHAR Conclave and providing a platform for
exchanging ideas & best practices in the Hydro Sector.
He further said that Hydro Power is cleanest & oldest
form of energy known to humankind. He further advised
all Hydro Power developers, particularly PSUs, to be cost
conscious with commercial orientation in developing left Shri N.L. Sharma, CMD, SJVN Limited welcoming
out potential. There is need to communicate positives of Shri Ashish Upadhyaya, SS & FA, MoP
Hydro Power to the affected people.
Harnessing of Hydro Power is essential in achieving
the PANCHAMRIT targets of India by 2030. Under
the guidance of Union Power Minister Sh. R.K. Singh,
Government of India, MoP has constituted Large
Hydro Active Reach Out (LAHAR) committee, with the
objective to disseminate the benefits of hydro power
projects among the public, besides their positive impact
on the socioeconomic development of the region.
He informed that Sh. Nand Lal Sharma, Chairman &
Managing Director, SJVN, is the Chairman of the LAHAR
Committee comprising of Heads of other Hydro PSUs.
Sh. Raghuraj Madhav Rajendran IAS, Joint Secretary,
MoP also addressed participants. During his address, he
appreciated the immense contribution of Hydro Sector
Shri N.L. Sharma, CMD, SJVN Limited welcoming
for the power sector development. He also applauds
Shri Alok Kumar Secretary-Power, MoP

68 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022

 cbip news letter (energy section)

the efforts of SJVN for organizing this conclave on very-

very important topic where practical experience is going
to be shared by the eminent experts of Hydro Sector in
India. He concluded by saying that this conclave was a
forum for knowledge exchange and the participants had
the big opportunity to interact with the experts.
The inaugural session of the conclave was also graced
by Shri Gurdeep Singh, CMD, NTPC Limited, Shri
Harpreet Singh Pruthi, Secretary, CERC & Shri R.K.
Vishnoi, CMD, THDC India Ltd. with additional charge
of NHPC & NEEPCO. Besides, Eminent Hydro experts
of National & International repute participated in this
Conclave, besides senior officers from Ministry of Power,
Central Electricity Authority & Directors of Central Hydro
Power Public Sector Undertakings.
The inaugural session was concluded with a Vote
of thanks, proposed by Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary,
CBIP. He expressed sincere gratitude to Hon’ble Union
Power & NRE Minister, Sh. R.K. Singh Chief Guest
for the Conclave for gracing the inaugural session. He Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, CBIP welcoming
Shri Raghuraj Madhav Rajendran, Joint Secretary, MoP
conveyed special thanks to Shri Alok Kumar, Secretary-
Power, Govt. of India, Shri Ashish Upadhyaya, Special
Secretary & FA, MoP, Sh. Raghuraj Madhav Rajendran, Joint Secretary, MoP, Shri Gurdeep Singh, CMD, NTPC Limited,
Shri N.L. Sharma, CMD, SJVN, Shri Harpreet Singh Pruthi, Secretary, CERC & Shri R.K. Vishnoi, CMD, THDC India Ltd.
with additional charge of NHPC & NEEPCO and all the dignitaries off the dais for joining this conclave. He conveyed
his thanks to Shri N.L. Sharma, CMD, SJVN for not only posing faith in CBIP, but also providing valuable guidance and
excellent support for the organization of this Conclave in a befitting manner. He also conveyed his thanks to all the
speakers, invitees and participants for joining this conclave.
This was the end of the Inaugural Session.

Technical Sessions
There were 10 top quality technical presentations made by on the various issues faced by Hydro Power Projects
including forest clearance and land acquisition. The challenges encountered and mitigation measures adopted during
the development of Hydro Power Projects were also deliberated upon.
Technical Session I
Chairman: Sh. Raghuraj Madhav Rajendran, Joint
Secretary, MoP
Session Secretary: Ms. Geeta Kapur, Director
(Personnel), SJVN Ltd.
Following three papers were presented in during this
session:
(i) Challenges faced & mitigation thereof during land
acquisition and rehabilitation & resettlement of
Vishnugad Pipalkoti HEP by Sh. R.K. Vishnoi, CMD
THDC & Sh. P.K. Naithani, CGM(S&E), THDC India
Ltd.
(ii) Delays in Hydro Project Execution – Reasons &
Remedial Measures by Sh. Manoj Tripathi, Chief View of the dais during Technical Session I
Engineer, CEA.
(iii) Hydropower Development in India – Challenges in Clearances and Land Acquisition by Sh. Abhay Kumar Singh, Former
CMD, NHPC Ltd.
During this session the Issues/problems & challenges encountered and mitigation measures during statutory clearances
in Hydro Projects including Local issues related to land acquisition, Forest Clearance and Resettlement & Rehabilitation
(R&R) aspects were discussed.

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 69

cbip news letter (energy section)

Technical Session II
Chairman : Sh. R.K. Vishnoi, CMD, THDC India Ltd.
CMD, THDC India Ltd. with additional charge of NEEPCO
& NHPC Ltd.
Session Secretary: Sh. A.K Singh, Director (Finance),
SJVN Ltd.
Following four papers were presented in during this
session:
(i) Presentation by Sh. R.P. Singh, Former CMD, SJVN
Ltd.
(ii) Planning & Construction of Long Tunnels in Himalayas
by Dr. Gopal Dhawan, Former CMD, MECL & ED,
NHPC Ltd. View of the dais during Technical Session II

(iii) Hydro Projects-Engines of Growth for remote Hilly Regions by Sh. Sandeep Batra and Sh. M. Chandra Sekhar, NHPC
Ltd.
(iv) River valley projects; Environmental concerns, issues and way forward by Dr. Ashish Kumar Dash, GM (Environment),
NHPC Ltd.
During this session Environmental concerns and Development perspectives of Hydro Power and Planning for Design &
Construction for smooth construction of Hydro Projects were deliberated.
Technical Session III
Chairman: Shri N.L. Sharma, CMD, SJVN Ltd.
Session Secretary: Sh. Sandeep Batra, Group General
Manager, NHPC Ltd.
Following three papers were presented in during this
session:
(i) Accelerating Hydropower Development – SJVN
Initiatives by Sh. V. Sankaranarayanan, Executive
Director, SJVN Ltd.
(ii) Tackling Issues during Construction of Powerhouse,
Complex & Remedial Measures Adopted – A case
Study of Tapovan Vishnugad H.E. Project by Sh.
Madhukar Agarwal, AGM (HE), Sh. Ved Prakash, AGM
(Civil), and Sh. N. Gopalkrishna, DGM (Geology),
Hydro Engg., NTPC Ltd. View of the dais during Technical Session III
(iii) Presentation by Sh. Aditya Pyasi, STATKRAFT India
During this session Ways for fast & early completion of hydroelectric projects were deliberated.
Concluding session/ Panel Discussions
Honorable Panelist
(i) Sh. A.S. Bakshi, Former Member CERC & Chairperson
CEA
(ii) Sh. N.L. Sharma, CMD, SJVN Ltd.
(iii) Shri R.K. Vishnoi, CMD, THDC India Ltd. with
additional charge of NEEPCO & NHPC Ltd.
The presenters made every effort to make it easy for
the participants to grasp the subject. Further clarity was
enabled by the Q&A opportunity in each session.
Conclave was closed with Vote of thanks, proposed by
Ms. Geeta Kapur, Director- Personnel, SJVN Limited. She
thanked all the eminent Chairman & Session Secretary of
various sessions’, Panelists of the Concluding Session,
Speakers and participants and one and all associated View of the dais during Valedictory Session
for the success and usefulness of the conclave.
70 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
 cbip news letter (energy section)

CBIP activities during December 2022 – January 2023

S. No. Topics Date

Water Resources Sector

1 TAI Celebrating World Tunnel Day at Delhi/ NCR, Kolkata & Pune 04 December 2022

2 Virtual webinar on Engineering Geological Evaluation for the Geotechnical Desiof 9th December, 2022
Tunnels with special emphasis to tunnel behaviour appraisal: Experiences from
62 tunnels in Northern Greece by Prof Vassilis P. Marinos, Assistant Professor of
Engineering Geology at NTUA, Greece
3 8th R&D International Conference on “Global Trends in Water Resources, Power 8-11 January 2023, IIT
and RE Technologies’’ Gandhinagar, Gujarat
4 Workshop on “Geosynthetics for Infrastructure Development” 19-20 January 2023, New
Delhi
5 Workshop on Best Practices for Safe Cross Passage – Investigation, Design and 9-10 February 2023, New
Construction Delhi
6 Workshop on Rock Mechanics and Tunnelling Techniques 3 - 4 March 2023, Gangtok,
Sikkim

Power Sector
1 Hands-on training on “HV Gas Insulated Switchgear” at Hitachi EnergyTEC (a State of 14th – 16th December 2022
the Art Laboratory), Maneja, Vadodara
2 Conclave on ‘Harnessing of Hydropower Potential (LAHAR Initiatives) – A Way 16th December 2022 New
Forward’ Delhi
3 National Tutorial on ‘Smart Grid Standards - Specifications, Requirements and 18th -19th January 2023
Technologies’ CBIP, New Delhi
4 Hands-on Training Diagnostic and Condition Monitoring of Switchyard Equipment 18th – 20th January 2023
Hitachi Energy India Limited,
Vadodara

CoE, Gurugram
1 Online Certification Course in “Renewable Energy Development including Grid Starting from 30th January
Integration and Energy Storage System”- 4th Batch (Duration 65 Hrs) 2023 (Online)
2 One day Program on FGD System and NOx Reduction Technologies for Air Quality 30th January 2023 CBIP CoE,
Improvement. Gurgaon
3 One Day Program on Water Optimization (WBPDCL) January 2023

4 One Day Program on Women Security (WBPDCL) January 2023

5 One Day Program on Microsoft Power Point (WBPDCL) January 2023

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 71

statistical data (water resources section)

Statistical Data (Water Resources Section)

State/UT-wise number of Villages covered with

Liquid Waste Management
S.N. State/UT 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Total
1 A & N Islands 0 189 0 189
2 Andhra Pradesh 752 255 184 1191
3 Arunachal Pradesh 0 45 117 162
4 Assam 0 12 39 51
5 Bihar 0 41 3236 3277
6 Chhattisgarh 89 3246 2555 5890
7 D & N Haveli and 0 15 80 95
Daman & Diu
8 Goa 0 0 24 24
9 Gujarat 5 1039 3210 4254
10 Haryana 199 363 938 1500
11 Himachal Pradesh 7 4222 7409 11638
12 Jammu & Kashmir 0 0 1134 1134
13 Jharkhand 0 493 2075 2568
14 Karnataka 1 139 98 238
15 Kerala 0 566 84 650
16 Ladakh 0 0 16 16
17 Lakshadweep 0 0 0 0
18 Madhya Pradesh 0 5140 13767 18907
19 Maharashtra 0 1456 3524 4980
20 Manipur 5 2 16 23
21 Meghalaya 0 521 135 656
22 Mizoram 0 133 99 232
23 Nagaland 0 15 379 394
24 Odisha 0 5054 8523 13577
25 Puducherry 0 2 1 3
26 Punjab 8 488 66 562
27 Rajasthan 0 2031 7600 9631
28 Sikkim 11 107 110 228
29 Tamil Nadu 0 227 1 228
30 Telangana 22 4284 832 5138
31 Tripura 0 1 79 80
32 Uttar Pradesh 0 3242 10436 13678
33 Uttarakhand 31 2412 788 3231
34 West Bengal 0 33 146 179
Total 1130 35773 67701 104604

72 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022

 statistical data (eNERGY section)

Statistical Data (Energy Section)

GROWTH OF INSTALLED CAPACITY

(Figures in MW)

At the end of 12th Plan (August 2017) As on 30.11.2022

THERMAL 218330 236018.9022
HYDRO 44478 46850.18
NUCLEAR 6780 6780
RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES 57244 119512.125
TOTAL 326832 409161.2072
Source : CEA

ALL INDIA REGION WISE INSTALLED CAPACITY

As on 30.11.2022
(Figures in MW)

Region Thermal Nuclear Hydro RES*(MNRE) Total

Northern 63208.0862 1620 20751.77 30874.03 116453.8862
Western 86779.58 1840 7562.5 37057.06 133239.14
Southern 56270.841 3320 11827.48 49248.1 120666.421
Eastern 27329.697 0 4764.42 1781.4 33875.517
N. Eastern 2311.155 0 1944.01 513.105 4768.27
Islands 119.543 0 0 38.43 157.973
All India 236018.9022 6780 46850.18 119512.125 409161.2072
Percentage 57.68359709 1.657048586 11.4502986 29.20905572 100
Source : CEA

SECTOR WISE INSTALLED CAPACITY AND GENERATION

As on 30.11.2022

Sector Installed Capacity (MW) Percentage Net Capacity

Share added
Thermal Nuclear Hydro RES*(MNRE) Total During
Nov. 2022
STATE 75179.868 0 27254.45 2483.462 104917.78 25.6421621
PRIVATE 85911.135 0 3931 115396.363 205238.498 50.160791
446.37 MW
CENTRAL 74927.8992 6780 15664.73 1632.3 99004.9292 24.1970469
TOTAL 236018.9022 6780 46850.18 119512.125 409161.2072 100
Source : CEA

*Off-grid RES Capacity has been included from July-2021 onwards

WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 73

statistical data (eNERGY section)

GROWTH OF TRANSMISSION SECTOR

Unit At the end of 12th As on Addition after 12th plan
Plan (August 2017) November 2022 (2017-22)
(up to Nov. 22)
TRANSMISSION LINES
HVDC ckm 15556 19375
765 kV ckm 31240 51938
96435
400 kV ckm 157787 196316
220 kV ckm 163268 196657
Total Transmission Lines ckm 367851 464286 96435
SUBSTATIONS
Unit At the end of 12th As on Addition after 12th plan
Plan (August 2017) November 2022 (2017-22)
(up to Nov. 22)
HVDC MW 19500 33500
765 kV MVA 167500 269200
407402
400 kV MVA 240807 409563
220 kV MVA 312958 435904
TOTAL MW/MVA 740765 1148167 407402

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION / PER CAPITA CONSUMPTION

Total No. of Villages 597464

% of Villages Electrified 100.00
No. of Pump-sets Energized (at end of 12th plan) 21212860
Per Capita Consumption during 2021-22* 1255 kWh

*Provisional

RE Sector in India: Potential and Achievements

FY 2022-23
Sector
Achievements (April-Nov. 2022) Cumulative Achievements (as on 30.11.2022)
I. Installed RE Capacity (CAPACITIES IN MW)
Wind Power 1537.70 41895.28
Solar Power* 7969.85 61966.36
Small Hydro Power 75.75 4924.65
Biomass (Bagasse) 0.00 9433.56
Cogeneration
Biomass (non-bagasse) 0.00 772.05
Cogeneration
Waste to Power 25.00 248.14
Waste to Energy (off-grid) 18.49 272.09
Total 9626.79 119512.13
Source: MNRE

74 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022

 w&e abstracts (water resources section)
Water & Energy Abstracts
Water Resources Section
The Development of Jamrani Multipurpose Project in
India from a Multilateral Development Bank Perspective
– Arnaud Cauchois1, Marie L'Hostis1, and Mukesh
Mohan2– 1Asian Development Bank, Environment,
Natural Resources and Agriculture Division, South Asia
Department, 6 ADB Avenue, Mandaluyong City, 1550
Metro Manila, Philippines 2Chief Engineer (E-In-C),
Dehradun, Department of Irrigation, Government of
Uttarakhand, India – Conference on Sharing Water: Multi-
Purpose of Reservoirs and Innovations, 30 May 2022,
Marseille, France
The State of Uttarakhand in India has been studying the
Jamrani Multipurpose Project in the last 40 years. The
government's feasibility study has been completed and
all statutory' clearances were obtained. It comprises the
construction of a 150-meter-high roller compacted concrete
dam across the Gola River, a 14-mega\vatt toe powerhouse,
the expansion and modernization of irrigation canal systems
and a drinking water component. The project benefits will
include 117 million liters per day drinking water for Haldwani
Town, increased water availability for 150,000 ha cultivable
command area and annual energy generation of 63 gigawatt-
hour as a by-product. The project is estimated to cost $365
million and was proposed in 2019 for the Asian Development
Bank's financial assistance. A memorandum of understanding
was signed in 2018 between the states of Uttarakhand and
Uttar Pradesh, defining how the cost and benefits will be
shared. The paper will discuss the ADB project appraisal
process and describe the steps being taken to confirm
and enhance the project economic feasibility, improve the
mitigation of environmental and social impacts and review
and confirm the technical studies.
Assessment of In-Situ Quality of Concrete of Rengali
Power House Structure by Non-Destructive Testing
Methods, Rengali, Ohpc Ltd., Odisha - A Case
Study – Vijay Ghodake, Prakash Palei, Santhosh
Kumar, Rajendra Singh Gurjar and Rizwan Ali,
Central Water and Power Research Station, Pune,
Maharashtra, India – International Dam Safety
Conference, 10-12 October 2022, Jaipur, Rajasthan
In India, more than 5000 are large dams; most of them have
served more than 30 years, other super civil structures also
served more than 30 years. Due to aging, so many distresses
in the form of cracks, swelling, seepage, are developing in
the structures thus raising apprehensions about the structural
integrity and safety of the structures. Hence, assessment
of structural health becomes necessary for finalizing the
rehabilitation measures. Structural health assessment of
massive concrete and masonry structures like, dams, Turbo
Generator foundations of power station, tunnel linings,
Aqueducts, weirs, etc. by Non-destructive testing (NDT)
techniques are very much useful. Several Non-destructive
methods such as Schmidt rebound hammer and the ultrasonic
pulse velocity (UPV) tests, Sonic wave transmission method,
Resonance Frequency Test method, Resistivity measurement
technique, Rebar locator method, Corrosion detecting method,
Impact Echo test method, Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR)
etc. are generally used for assessing in-situ quality of the civil
structures. Non-destructive testing methods do not cause
damage to the structure and its structural components. Various
NDT methods can be used for assessing structural health
simultaneously and its results can be compared in order to
arrive at fairly accurate and error less results which may help for
taking necessary remedial measures for strengthening of the
structure. Determination of compressional wave velocity using
Non-destructive testing by UPV method gives direct correlation
with the strength of concrete. UPV Technique is used to identify
weak portion like honey combing, voids, cracks, etc. in a
concrete structure. Schmidt rebound hammer and the ultrasonic
pulse velocity (UPV) tests are generally used in combination
for getting reliable results for structural health monitoring of
civil structures. In the present technical paper, in-situ quality of
structures of Rengali Power House has been assessed by using
NDT techniques by Rebound hammer technique, ultrasonic
wave transmission technique and Ground Penetrating Radar
technique. For qualitative assessment of concrete of the
structures, 860 velocities of elastic compressional waves and
700 rebound numbers have been recorded. Weak zones
have been successfully identified at few locations between the
wall of power house and dam. Based on the findings of the
study, remedial measures such as replacement of poor-quality
materials by suitable epoxy mortar and suitable epoxy grouting
of joints/cracks at these locations have been suggested for
improving quality of the structure.
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 75
w&e abstracts (Energy section)
Water & Energy Abstracts
Energy Section
Investigation of Processes During Single-Phase
Auto Reclosing on Transmission Lines with
Controlled Shunt Reactors – G. Amico, Cammesa,
Argentina; R. Karymov, B. Oleksyuk and S.
Dyagileva, Faramax, Russia; V. Cioban, Faramax,
Moldova – CIGRE Paris Session 2018
Magnetically controlled shunt reactors (MCSR) and CSR
Systems (SCSR), which are dynamic reactive power
compensators based on MCSR, are used in power systems
of many countries for voltage stabilization and for increasing
the throughput capacity of transmission lines. In recent
years there has been a growing interest of the utilities in
the application of 330 – 500 kV MCSRs as line reactors
(i.e. directly connected to power lines), which is caused by
the need to increase the throughput capacity to the level of
uncompensated line. When MCSR are used as line reactors,
they must perform all the functions of fixed shunt reactors
(SR), including the extinguishing of secondary arc during
single-phase auto reclosing (SPAR) cycles of transmission
lines. One of the design features of MCSR is a delta-connected
secondary winding, which results in strong electromagnetic
coupling between MCSR phases and, consequently,
increased in-feed current of the secondary arc. In order to
mitigate the negative impact of MCSR on the secondary
arc current during SPAR dead time, several solutions have
been considered up to present. The common drawback of
these solutions is that they only help exclude the in-feed of
secondary arc from MCSR, but do not limit secondary arc
current. In this paper, a different approach is presented,
which is aimed at reduction of the secondary arc current
and recovery voltage, and as a consequence reclosing dead
time. The proposed approach is based reduction based on
the use of neutral reactors, similar to neutral reactors used
with fixed shunt reactors. The paper discusses the sizing
their parameters according to the secondary arc current
limitation and MCSR’s required rate of response. Further,
presented are analyses of MCSR phase currents during the
reclosing dead time, faulted phase current dependence on
the reactance of the neutral reactor and its operating modes.
A mathematical expression was obtained for determining the
reactance of the neutral reactor as a function of the degree
of compensation of power line charging capacity. The paper
also presents the results of investigation of the impact of
reactance of the neutral reactor on MCSR response time, as
well as comparative time-domain calculations of the SPAR
mode of the typical 500 kV 400 km power line equipped with
fixed and controlled reactors.
Keywords : Controlled Shunt Reactor - Single-Phase Auto
Reclosing - Neutral Reactor - Secondary Arc
76 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
Voltage Transient Measurements Using Electric
Field Sensors and ATP Modelling of A 500 kV GIS
Station – R. Bianchi, B. Barbieri, G. Mayer and F.
Issouribehere, IITREE-FI UNLP, Argentina – CIGRE
Paris Session 2018
Very fast transients (VFT) overvoltages may occur in
shielded SF6 Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) power stations
due to abrupt voltage changes. These changes are generally
associated to the operation of manoeuvre equipment, internal
to the GIS. Due to the fact that the dielectric breakdown in
a gas like SF6 occurs in an extremely reduce time, voltage
waves of very short front time propagate inside and outside of
the GIS station. In the case of closing switches or disconnect
switches current usually establishes itself prior the physical
contact of both metal parts of the device. This situation
generates a pre-arc. In the case of the opening operation
a re-ignition is possible in certain conditions. In both cases
current has a high frequency component determined by the
parasitic parameters close to the switch. This process of
current interruption could be cyclic, producing multiple re-
ignitions of the arc current.
Transient measurements at Extra High Voltage (EHV)
levels are rarely possible to be performed with normal
equipment already installed in power plants, essentially
due to the poor frequency response and fixed connections.
Other important issue to be considered is the fact that third
parties are generally not allowed to interfere in the system,
especially when the installation is on service and the
security is mandatory. This article describes an experience
related to measurements of VFT phenomena at 500 kV /
3100 MW- Hydroelectric Power Plant using a portable - 10
MHz Bandwidth - electric field sensor (EFS) designed for
this kind of applications. Measurements were carried out in
order to validate a simulation model of a (GIS) installation
and to investigate the possible presence of overvoltage
during commutation manoeuvres at the power plant. This
task was performed using the EFS placed in the nearest
of a 500 kV overhead line, close to the GIS installation,
meanwhile several and coordinated manoeuvres on the
GIS station were done. The measurement system senses
the electric field produced by the energized installation
which is proportional to the voltage present. Appropriate
circuitry and an optical isolated link allow connecting fast
recorder equipments, in order to obtain an oscillogram of
the electric events.
Keywords : Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) – Electric Field
Sensor (EFS) – Very fast transients (VFT) – ATP Digital
Model.

News - Water Resources Section
Union Minister For Jal Shakti to
Inaugurate India Water Impact Summit
2022 On 15th December, 2022
7th India Water Impact summit being organized from
15th – 17th december in New Delhi
The Union Minister for Jal Shakti Shri Gajendra Singh
Shekhawat will inaugurate the 7th India Water Impact
Summit (IWIS 2022) on 15th December, 2022 in the gracious
presence of Shri Bishweswar Tudu, the Minister of State for
Jal Shakti. The summit is being organized from 15th to 17th
December, 2022 at Dr. Ambedkar International Centre, New
Delhi by National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG) and
Center for Ganga River Basin Management and Studies
(cGanga) to impart impetus towards developing water and
environmental infrastructure to protect rivers and water
bodies in India.
The theme of the 7th India Water Impact Summit (IWIS 2022)
is ‘Restoration and Conservation of Small Rivers in a Large
Basin’ with emphasis on the select aspects of ‘Mapping and
Convergence of 5Ps’ - People, Policy, Plan, Programme and
Project. In this three-day summit, experts from the country
and abroad will discuss ways in which small rivers facing
near-extinction in large river basins can be protected. The
Summit aims to give an insight into the potential causes for
divergence and formulate strategy to achieve convergence.
Like the previous editions of IWIS, the event will host a
finance forum to bring together global financial institutions
and investors interested in river restoration and conservation
programmes. It will also provide an opportunity to dozens of
technology and innovation companies from around the world
far & near (water resources section)
to bring their solutions to India and address various issues
and concerns pertinent to our river basins.
The five key elements – People, Policy, Plan, Programme
and Project and their convergence is a significant challenge
towards river basin management. This is why the 7th Edition of
the India Water Impact Summit aims to understand, elaborate,
delineate potential causes of divergence, and formulate
strategy for convergence. This will be done through collation
of views expressed in Plenary Sessions, Panel Discussions,
International Forums, and informal discussions through
extensive engagement with the most influential players. The
plenary sessions of the 7th IWIS include Restoration and
Conservation of Small Rivers in a Large Basin ‘Mapping and
Convergence of 5P’s, ‘Lessons from Various River Related
Programmes’, ‘Bottlenecks and Course Correction in River
Related Programmes’. The thematic sessions include
‘Setting the Goal to Determine Healthy Status of the Rivers’,
‘Establishing Present Condition and Norms for Bio-physical
Status of Healthy Rivers in Different Stretches and Setting the
Milestone’, Formulation and Execution of River Monitoring
Programmes’, ‘Information/Data Collation, Utilization and
Dissemination Strategy’ etc. The Summit has been divided
into five broad Tracks including ‘Science and Policy’, ‘Finance
and Economics’, ‘Technology and Innovation’, ‘International’
and ‘Implementation Challenges’.
Heads of several institutions working in the field of water
management, water conservation and water preservation will
participate in the three-day event. Experts of river science
and administrative officers of water related issues will share
the platform at the Summit. Shri Pankaj Kumar, Secretary,
Department of Water Resources, River Development and
Ganga Rejuvenation, Ministry of Jal Shakti, Shri G. Asok
Kumar, Director General of National Mission for Clean Ganga,
Shri D. Thara, Additional Secretary, Ministry of Housing and
Urban Affairs, Shri Avinash Mishra, Advisor in Niti Ayog,
Ms. Rupa Mishra, Joint Secretary, Ministry of Housing and
Urban Affairs, and Shri D.P. Mathuria, Executive Director
(Technical), NMCG will also participate in the Summit.
Among foreign representatives, Mr. Seppo Nurmi from
European Union, Ambassador of Germany, Dr. Philipp
Ackermann, Ambassador of Slovenia Mr. Mateja Vodeb
Ghosh will also participate in the discussions during the
Summit. In addition, other organizations active in the field of
environment and science such as World Wildlife Federation,
Central Board of Pollution Control along with professors
and researchers from national and international academic
institutions will participate in the event.
In the 6th edition, there were deliberations on the judicious
use of remaining river resources for several developmental
and anthropocentric needs. Extending the propositions made
in Ganga River Basin Management Plan (GRBMP) released
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 77
far & near (water resources section)
in 2015 by the Consortium of IITs (IITC), team cGanga
(Center for Ganga River Basin Management and Studies
led by IIT Kanpur) developed the framework for ‘Samarth
Ganga’ which refers to ‘Able Rivers’. The foundation of
Samarth Ganga can be seen by strengthening five pillars,
namely Aviral Ganga, Nirmal Ganga, Arth Ganga, Jan
Ganga, and Gyan Ganga. It was also noted that assessment
of river resources and preservation of requisite resources for
the rivers were needed for the successful implementation of
Samarth Ganga.
In the 5th edition of the India Water Impact Summit,
understanding the concept and nuances of Arth Ganga was
the key focus. Ganga stands on the pinnacle of India’s holy
river and symbolizes decades of cultural history of the Indian
subcontinent. The deliberations of the summit summarized
that development, restoration and conservation of the rivers
are the prime facets of the Arth Ganga model. In the past
year, there has been a tremendous impact of the Arth Ganga
on the lives of people/communities living near the Ganga
basin. The model helped in rejuvenating Ganga and its
tributaries, and at the same time, uplift the individuals directly
impacted by it.
Union Minister for Jal Shakti Chairs
Meeting of Special Committee for
Interlinking of Rivers
Union Minister for Jal Shakti, Shri Gajendra Singh Shekhawat Chairing
36th Annual General Meeting of NWDA Society and 20th Meeting of
Special Committee for Interlinking of Rivers at Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi
Ken Betwa Link Project Would Be A Boon For Bundelkhand
Region & Is Planned To Be Completed In 8 Years: Shri
Gajendra Singh Shekhawat
The 36th Annual General Meeting of National Water
Development Agency (NWDA) Society and 20th Meeting of
Special Committee for Interlinking of Rivers (SCILR) were
held under the chairmanship of Union Minister for Jal Shakti,
Shri Gajendra Singh Shekhawat, on 13th December, 2022 at
Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi. The Union Minister for Jal Shakti,
in his opening remarks informed that Water Resources is one
of the most important sectors for Government of India and
78 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022
Interlinking of Rivers (ILR) Programme is very important for
enhancing water and food security of the country and would
be helpful in providing water to drought prone and rainfed
farming areas. Shri Shekhawat highlighted the remarkable
achievement of initiation of implementation of Ken Betwa
Link Project (1st ILR Project under National Perspective Plan)
after obtaining approval of Government of India in December,
2021. The project would be a boon for Bundelkhand region
and it is planned to be completed in period of 8 years.
During the meeting, a detailed presentation on the agenda
items was made by Director General, NWDA. The status of
various works and the pending issues/bottle necks/etc. for
Interlinking of Rivers (ILR) projects, Annual Report & Audited
Accounts for the year 2021-22 of NWDA and constitution
of National Interlinking of Rivers Authority (NIRA) were
discussed at length.
Special Committee for Interlinking of Rivers (SCILR)
approved the proposal of considering the modified Parbati-
Kalisindh-Chambal (PKC) link project duly integrated with
Eastern Rajasthan Canal Project (ERCP) as a part of
National Perspective Plan of ILR and declare the Phase-I of
the Project as a Priority interlinking project.
SCILR was also apprised of status of Cabinet Note for
constitution of NIRA recently submitted to Union Cabinet
for approval. The Note has been prepared on the basis of
deliberations held during last meeting of SCILR, Task force
and also suitably incorporating views of other Departments
/ Ministries.
The Minister of State for Jal Shakti, Shri Bishweswar Tudu,
Shri Govind M Karjol, Minister of Water Resources, Govt.
of Karnataka and Shri Duraimuragan, Minister of Water
Resources, Govt. of Tamil Nadu were also present in the
meeting and Shri Tulsi Ram Silawat, Minister of Water
Resources, Govt. of MP attended the meeting virtually. The
meeting concluded with the closing remarks by Chair and
Vote of Thanks by Special Secretary (DoWR, RD & GR) to.
Union Minister for Jal Shakti, Shri Gajendra Singh Shekhawat Chairing
Meeting of Special Committee for Interlinking of Rivers at Vigyan Bhawan,
New Delhi along with MoS Shri Bishweswar Tudu
 far & near (energy section)

News - Energy Section

Power Ministry waives inter-state
transmission system charges for new
hydro-power projects
The Power Ministry on Friday announced a waiver of inter-
state transmission charges on wheeling electricity for 18
years for new hydropower projects. The waiver is already
available to solar and wind power projects. The government
has set an ambitious plan to have 500 GW of generation
capacity from non-fossil energy-based sources by 2030.
“In a further step to realise the Government of India’s
commitment to achieve its power requirement from
renewable energy sources, Ministry of Power has issued
an order for the waiver of Inter-State Transmission system
(ISTS) charges on transmission of electricity generated from
new hydro-power projects,” a power ministry release said.
Hydropower projects, being clean, green and sustainable will The waiver shall be allowed for inter-state transmission
be of paramount importance in our clean energy transition charges only and not losses. The waiver would be made
journey. They are also essential for the integration of solar applicable from the prospective date.
and wind power, which are intermittent in nature, the ministry
said. This step is expected to provide a boost to the hydro sector,
which will also help improve India’s water security and bring
In acknowledgement of the inherent qualities of hydro- development benefits to hilly states namely North Eastern
power, the government declared hydropower projects as a States, Uttarakhand, Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh
renewable source of power in March 2019. However, the etc. where most of the hydro potential is located, it stated.
waiver of inter-state transmission charges, provided to solar
Source : PTI, Dec 02, 2022
and wind projects, had not been extended to hydropower
projects. To remove this discrepancy and to provide a level-
India’s thermal power generation rises
playing field to hydro projects, the Ministry of Power has
16% on year in November
now decided to extend the waiver of ISTS charges for new
hydropower projects, for which construction work is awarded India’s thermal power generation rose 16.28 per cent to 87,687
and PPA (power purchase agreement) is signed on or before million units (MU) last month from 75,412 MU generated a
June 30, 2025. year earlier, the coal ministry said in a statement.
The ISTS charges shall be levied for transmission of power The country’s overall power generation also increased by
from hydro-power projects where construction work is 14.63 per cent to 1,18,029 MU from 1,02,968 MU in the
awarded and PPA is signed after June 30, 2025. For the same period last year. Power utilities’ despatch edged up
hydropower project whose construction work is awarded and 3.55 per cent to 62.34 million tonnes (MT) during November
PPA is signed between July 1, 2025, to June 30, 2026, 25 this year as compared with 60.20 MT in the year-ago month.
per cent of ISTS charges will be applicable. Total coal output also rose 11.66 per cent to 75.87 MT last
month over 67.94 MT a year ago.
For a project whose construction work is awarded and PPA is
signed between July 1, 2026, to June 30, 2027, 50 per cent Coal India Ltd (CIL) registered production growth of 12.82
of ISTS charges will be applicable while for projects whose per cent during November, whereas the output of Singareni
construction work is awarded and PPA is signed between Collieries Company Limited (SCCL) and captive mines/
July 1, 2027, to June 30, 2028, 75 per cent of ISTS charges others rose 7.84 per cent and 6.87 per cent, respectively. Of
will be applicable. the top 37 coal producing mines, as many as 24 produced
more than 100 per cent, while the output of five mines stood
As much as 100 per cent ISTS charges will be applicable for
between 80 and 100 per cent. CIL accounts for over 80 per
hydro projects from July 1, 2028. The waiver/or concessional
cent of domestic coal output.
charges shall be applicable for a period of 18 years from the
date of commissioning of the hydropower plants. Source : ET OnlineLast, Dec 06, 2022

WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 79

far & near (energy section)

Central Board of Irrigation & Power inked MOU

with Teestavalley Power Transmission Limited

The MoU was signed by Secretary, CBIP Shri A.K. Dinkar and Shri Ramakrishna Gunda, Managing Director, Teestavalley
Power Transmission Limited (TPTL) in the presence of Senior Executives of both the organisations on 21.10.2022 at
New Delhi. The collaboration will support our goal of dissemination of Technical knowledge to professionals in the Water
Resources, Power and Renewable Energy Sectors effectively.

Central Board of Irrigation & Power inked MOU

with M/s. Nangia Andersen LLP

The MoU was signed by Secretary, CBIP Shri A.K. Dinkar and Shri Arindam Ghosh, Partner-Government & Public Sector
Advisory, Nangia Andersen LLP in the presence of Senior Executives of both the organisations on 3.12.2022 at New Delhi.
The collaboration will support our goal of dissemination of Technical knowledge to professionals in the Water Resources,
Power and Renewable Energy Sectors effectively.

80 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022

 BOARD’S ASSOCIATION WITH INTERNATIONAL
AND NATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS

BOARD’S ASSOCIATION WITH INTERNATIONAL

AND NATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
Water Resources and Hydro Power Sectors
The Committee for International Commission on Large Dams (India) – INCOLD
The International Commission on Large Dams (ICOLD) is an International Organization, established in the year
1928, headquartered at Paris, France having membership of 103 countries with approximately more than 20000
individual members who are practicing engineers, geologists and scientists from governmental and private
organizations, consulting firms, universities, laboratories and construction companies.
The Committee for International Commission on Large Dams, India (INCOLD) is the Indian Chapter of
International Commission on Large Dams (ICOLD) joined ICOLD in the year 1930, to help in dissemination about
INCOLD
the advancement of dam engineering in planning, design & development, management, science & technology,
research and education at International level, to the Indian dam professionals and agencies involved with the development of
dam engineering in the country. INCOLD provides forum for the planners, decision makers, administrators, managers, scientists,
engineers, educators & others who are associated with dam engineering, to exchange of information on the various issues such as
dam safety evaluation, rehabilitation and resettlement, RCC dams, instrumentation of existing dams etc.

Tunnelling Association of India (TAI)

Tunnelling Association of India (TAI) is the Indian Chapter of International Tunnelling and underground Space
Association (ITA) having membership of 78 Members Nations including India established in the year 1974 and
presently having the headquarter at Geneva, Switzerland. India joined ITA in the year 1976, by the initiative of
Central Board of Irrigation and Power, a Non-Profit and Non-Governmental Organization registered under Societies
Registrations act 1860 in the year 1991 with the mission to encourage the use of the subsurface for the benefit
of public, environment and sustainable development and to promote advances in planning, design, construction,
maintenance and safety of tunnels and underground space,by bringing together information thereon and by studying
questions related thereto. The Association is involved for increasing the awareness of public and decision makers
about the unique benefits of the underground space, especially social and environmental benefits, managing and minimizing risk
and assuring safety and security in all tunnelling activities, and ensure sustainable development of tunnel and underground space.
The network of the Tunnelling Community is based on communications by Individual, Institutional and Young professional from the
Govt. Utilities, corporate world, construction and manufacturing industries etc.Presently, TAI is holding more than 600 Members which
includes individuals, institutions and young professionals involved with the tunnel and underground construction works.The diversity
of membership is our main asset as it gathers all professional involved in the tunnelling and the use of underground space such
as owners, engineering agencies, town planners, architects, designers, heavy construction and specialist contractors, material and
equipment suppliers, lawyers, politicians, academics and researchers, economists, financiers, mine owners and operators. TAI is
working closely with Government authorities dealing with the tunnel and underground space development for infrastructure projects
like hydropower, railways, metro, highways, irrigation, water supply & Sewerage and underground gas storage etc.

International Society for Rock Mechanics and Rock Engineering (ISRM)

The Indian National Group of ISRM i.e., ISRM (India) has been involved in dissemination of information regarding
rock mechanics, mining and tunnel engineering by organising symposia, seminars, workshops, and training courses,
both at national as well as international level, in liaison with international organisations. Since its inception, in 1991,
ISRM (India) represents as Indian National Group of International Society for Rock Mechanics and Rock Engineering
(ISRM). ISRM was founded in Salzburg in 1962 as a result of the enlargement of the “SalzburgerKreis”. Its foundation
being mainly owed to Professor Muller who acted as President of the Society till September 1966. The Society is a ISRM (India)
non-profit organization supported by the fees of the members and grants that do not impair its free action.

International Geosynthetics Society (IGS)

In the year 1985, Central Board of Irrigation and Power, (CBIP) as part of its technology forecasting activities
identified geosynthetics as an important area relevant to India’s need for infrastructure development, including
roads. After approval of IGS Council for the formation of Indian Chapter in October 1988, the Indian Chapter of IGS
was got registered under Societies Registration Act 1860 of India in June 1992.

New Delhi Centre of World Water Council (NDC–WWC)

The New Delhi Centre of World Water Council, a multi-stakeholder platform was established in 2001 on the
initiative of renowned water specialists and national organizations, in response to an increasing concern about
water sector issues from the Asia region community. The centre was established “to promote awareness, build
political commitment and trigger action on critical water issues at all levels, including the highest decision making
level, to facilitate the efficient conservation, protection, development, planning, management and use of water in
all its dimensions on an environmentally sustainable basis for the benefit of all life on earth.”

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022 81

BOARD’S ASSOCIATION WITH INTERNATIONAL
AND NATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS

Geographical Committee of International Water Resources Association

(IWRA) India
The International Water Resources Association (IWRA), established in 1972, has been recognized and respected
as a leading advocate in advancing the understanding and management of water resources worldwide. The
Geographical Committee of IWRA (India) with its secretariat at the Central Board of Irrigation and Power (CBIP) is
representing IWRA, in India, as its Geographical Committee, since 1991.
International Association for Small Hydro (IASH) IWRA-India

The International Association for Small Hydro was formed in the year 1994 with headquarters at New Delhi. The
Association draws its member from all countries who are associated with eminent engineers in the field of small
hydro. The objective of the Association are to promote research, planning, consulting on construction, operation of
small hydro including Mini and Micro.
Indian National Hydropower Association (INHA)
Indian National Hydropower Association (INHA), was established in June 2003, to provide a forum for the exchange
of views and enhancement of knowledge on various aspects relating to hydropower in India, advocating the interests
and representing the views of hydropower fraternity before all concerned agencies, and seeking to influence energy
and environment policy of Government and profess the merits of implementing hydro policy in India. INHA is an
Affiliate Member of International Hydropower Association (IHA), thereby providing an opportunity to remain in touch
with the international hydropower development and take advantage of the developments and best practices.

POWER SECTOR
CIGRE INDIA – THE NATIONAL COMMITTEE FOR INTERNATIONAL COUNCIL FOR LARGE
ELECTRIC SYSTEMS (CIGRE) PARIS
Cigré, The International Council for Large Electric Systems, is a Worldwide, non-profit association of more than 14,000
Professionals in 90 Countries Engaged in Power System Engineering for Generation, Transmission and Distribution.
Headquartered in Paris, Cigré brings these Professionals together through a Variety of Symposia and Technical
Conferences Around the World. It is an honor for the country that the President, CIGRE-India (at present Shri I.S. Jha,
Hon’ble Member of CERC) is member of CIGRE Steering Committee, the top decision making body of CIGRE. The India
President CIGRE-India is also the Administrative Council Member of CIGRE from India. Beside India is representing in
all the sixteen technical committees of CIGRE and in various working groups created under these study committees.
Secretary, CBIP is the ex-officio Secretary to CIGRE India. Presently there are more than 800 member from India in
CIGRE India condut more than 20 to 25 no. of event, annualy at country level in addition to CIGRE Paris events.
International Association on Electricity Generation, Transmission &
Distribution (AARO)
The International Association on Electricity Generation, Transmission and Distribution (Afro-Asian Region) is a
Regional non-Governmental organization formed in 1990 with headquarters in New Delhi, India. The Association
is an autonomous, professional organisation of which central / state Govt. organisation, State water resources
departments SEB’s Corporations, Power Utilities, Project Authorities, Educational Institutions, Planners, Developers,
Engineers etc. are subscribing members. It provides an information service to all concerned of power development
and encourages the development of techniques of Multidisciplinary planning of Power Generation, Transmission and
Distribution. This objective is achieved by arranging seminars, workshops etc. and by publishing Journals. AARO

Society of Power Engineers (SPE)

Society of Power Engineers (India) is an apex body, constituted in the year 1947, engaged in the activities of
technological upliftment of the power engineers of this country by making available latest technological developments
all over the world to the members. Publication & distribution of information Journal, Workshops/Seminar, group
discussion are regular features of the society. The aims and objects of Society is to promote the advancement of
power engineering and allied subjects, and their applications, and to provide facilities for the exchange of information
and ideas on those subjects amongst the members of the Society. The Headquarter of the SPE is at New Delhi with
chapters at various places in the country. SPE India has presently about 2,400 experts and eminent engineers on its
strength who share their rich experience, express their views and give suggestions for sustainable growth of power
sector with state of art technology.
CIRED India – International Conference on Electricity Distribution (CIRED)
An international association was set up under the name of CIRED in Belgium. ‘CIRED’ is derived from “Congrès
International des Réseaux Electriques de Distribution” in English ‘International Conference on Electricity
Distribution’. CIRED is associated in the technical field of Electricity Distribution Systems, including dispersed and
embedded generation issues. CIRED is dedicated to the design, construction and operation of public distribution
systems and of large installations using electrical energy in industry, services and transport. CIRED India, is the
laison committee of CIRED and coordinate acitivites from India. Secretary, CBIP is the Secretary CIRED India.
To join as member, please contact at : secretary@cbip.org; cbip@cbip.org

82 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL December 2022

 CENTRAL BOARD OF IRRIGATION & POWER
Centre of Excellence, Plot No.21,Sec-32, Gurugram - 122001 www.cbip.org

26 WEEKS POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA COURSE

(CEA APPROVED) IN TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEMS WITH AUTOMATION SCADA/DMS
WHY YOU SHOULD JOIN?
The Indian Power Sector is changing substantially in its
institutional arrangements for its regulation as well as
the structure. Apart from technological and perception
changes, major changes have been introduced in the
Power Sector through Private participation, reforms
and restructuring. It has further created a large demand
for the trained persons in Electrical Utilities.
This is a Placement Oriented Graduate Engineering
Program for those who desire to make a career in the
Power Sector. On successfully undergoing this course
the Graduate Engineer will find immense opportunities
of employment in Indian Power Sector.
ABOUT CBIP AND THE COURSE
A premier Institution established by Ministry of Water
recourses in 1927 and now a registered society providing
services to Indian Power, Renewable Energy and water
resources sector. Recognized as Grade-A, Category-I,
Training Institute by Ministry of Power, Government of
India under CEA Regulations 2010. The course content
complies with the syllabus for Engineers and supervisors
for operation and maintenance of Transmission and
Distribution Systems as per safety and electric supply
regulations 7(3) of Govt. of India, CEA Certified.
The instruction and training methodology comprises 80%
theory and 20% practical sessions. The main objective of
the course is to create a technically and professionally
trained manpower available for Power industry.
COMPANIES VISITED
Many of our previous batch trainees are employed
with reputed Organizations like TATA Power DDL,
ERDA, Taurus Powertonics, Noida power (NPCL),
Skipper Electricals (SEIL), Adani Transmission, Bajaj
Electricals, Toshiba Transmission & Distribution,
Manav Energy Pvt. Ltd., Lumino Industry (Kolkata),
GEPDEC, Tata Projects and many others.
IMPORTANT POINTS
ELIGIBILITY: Bachelor of Engineering or equivalent
in Electrical, Electrical and Electronics or Power
Engineering or related branches from premier
universities/ Institutes.
AGE LIMIT : No Age Limit.
SELECTION CRITERIA FOR ADMISSION
On merit basis (percentage of marks in 10th, 12th &
BE/B.Tech and personal interview).
Preference will be given to fresh BE/B.Tech 2022
passed or 2021 passed out with (1-2) years’ experience
from Power Sector.
Merit list will be displayed on the website.
NO. OF SEATS : 60 (SIXTY ONLY)
FEES : Non Sponsored Candidates- Rs. 1,00,000
Sponsored Candidates- Rs. 1,25,000
SPECIAL OFFER
Applicants with outstanding Academic Background and
having all through [10th, (10+2)th ,BE/B.TECH] 75%
marks with no carrier gap will get direct admission with
10% relaxation in course fees.
*Selective deserving candidates may be offered with
discounted fees.
(@) CBIP may conduct all entrance test for screening if
required
(*)Based on Merit. CBIP will decide during Counselling
IMPORTANT DATES
• Issue of Prospectus- 05.11.2022.
• Last date of receipt of application forms in all
respects- 16.01.2023
• Display of merit list in website- 18.01.2023
• Personal Interview- 20.01.2023-22.01.2023
• Commencement of the course- 01.02.2023.
For Registration and Prospectus Containing syllabus
with course curriculum, please refer to our website
www.cbip.org and contact our CBIP Officials with
following details.
ADDRESS FOR CORRESPONDENCE
CBIP Centre of Excellence Plot No. 21, Sector 32,
Gurugram-122001.
Contact- Manas Bandyopadhyay-Mob No: 9871303367
and Email ID : Manasbandyopadhyay@cbip.org

For Working Professionals please mention during filling of Online Application, your favorable
mode of attending the training program, whether it is Physical or Virtual.
For more details on Certification and Other Training Programs, Please visit our website www.cbip.org
Our Facebook Page : https://www.facebook.com/cbipcentreofexcellence
Youtube : CBIP centre of excellence Link- https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCqEaUiAM7R203HBDlUI-0FA
Linkedin : CBIP KMS Link- https://in.linkedin.com/in/cbip-kms-29b64b22a?trk=public_profile_browsemap